DECLAS: Social Media Nukes An Entire Generation… But Why? [Free Ebook!]

Finally, after a year and a half of buildup, the team behind Q Anon appears to be on the verge of unsealing thousands of indictments and declassifying a wealth of contentious information.

Our latest briefings indicate that there is a “hard deadline” of mid-September 2019 for what they are calling DECLAS. By then, a huge wealth of world-changing intel should have been released.

It has been quite a long and arduous journey to reach this point, but the proof of a coming Major Event is utterly undeniable once we survey the landscape.

This is a 51,000-word, completely free Ebook. Not one word of it has been wasted.

It took nine days of non-stop effort and a 258-page document of nothing but select links, from last August to the present, to make this a reality.

We needed to put this data all together in one place so the overall message could not be suppressed, blocked or marginalized.

The Deep State has made a series of critical mistakes in this battle, now including the mass betrayal of ALL YouTube content creators in favor of “Approved” mainstream media sources.

 

In case you haven’t noticed, it has become nearly impossible to find any alternative news on YouTube now. It has become a wasteland of check-marked trash.

We will include unbiased statistics that make this plainly obvious. Then as we go on, you will see compelling new evidence that the all-important DECLAS is finally upon us.

We will review a stunning new insider disclosure that is one of the most significant testimonials we have ever seen… truly. It is an absolute must-read.

Additionally, we will discuss the all-important Quote 2700, what it means for disclosure, and why UFOs and Atlantis are now going mainstream.

This is our first write-up on current events since last October, and we hope you enjoy it! Every current events piece we have written since Christmas 2017 has had nearly 4 million views or more.

Disclosure and DECLAS is finally happening now. Everything we have been working towards throughout our entire online existence is finally coming to fruition.

It is scary and amazing all at the same time. Release the Kraken!

 

SECTION ONE: IT JUST GOT PERSONAL

 

WE NEED TO TALK

YouTube. Dude. We need to talk.

You have just dropped a nuke (or a dook) on the entire Millennial generation. It is a mass betrayal far beyond anything most people could ever have imagined.

Let me make an analogy for those familiar with the pre-MTV “Golden Age” of rock in the 1970s.

This current YouTube mega-attack could be seen as the cultural equivalent of de-publishing all rock music on every radio station or TV spot in existence in the height of the ’70s.

Then, imagine that all those immortal classics were immediately replaced with non-stop Lawrence WelkEnglebert Humperdinck and Helen Reddy.

[These were my father’s favorite artists to “diss” while he was working as a New York rock critic for popular newspapers in the 1970s.

Compared to the Illuma-Pop being shoveled out now, Helen Reddy’s use of chords, melodies and arrangement is like listening to Mozart.]

 

NOW IMAGINE THAT ALL FUNDING SOURCES WERE CUT

Then, to take it a step further, imagine that after destroying their airplay entirely, ALL funding sources to the musicians themselves were terminated… effective immediately.

They have no one they can call, no staff to solve the problem, and no viable legal grounds upon which to sue for damages.

How would they go on tour? How would they get into the studio to record another album?

Could any of them have afforded to finance the construction and promotion of their own airwaves… to compete with Big Radio?

Would they all have been forced to stop writing the hits we now know and love as historical masterpieces, and instead have to go and get “regular jobs?”

Imagine sitting in a restaurant and asking your waiter, “Hey, aren’t you that guy from Deep Purple?”

What happens to a society when its creative visionaries are completely betrayed, disenfranchised and left for dead?

And how would their audiences feel about the entity that killed Rock and replaced it with Schlock?

 

THIS MIGHT SEEM LIKE AN EXAGGERATION…..

In case you are not tuned into the world of YouTube, this might all seem like a gross exaggeration, but it truly is not.

YouTube has just killed the modern equivalent of rock and roll. And people are PISSED. This is just the beginning.

And, as we so often like and need to do, this initial phase of the story will expand into a vastly more interesting mega-conspiracy as you read on.

YouTube has just become PooTube — a Myspace of controlled mainstream-media propaganda, now offered up in a shiny white bowl, free of charge, with no cable subscription required.

In Stalinist Russia, no one had money for books, but the propaganda was free. This is a common story throughout history. Bread and circuses.

 

 

For as long as this next video remains online, I highly recommend “taking the plunge” and downloading it while YouTube circles the bowl.

The first 22 minutes are a super-cut of top YouTube stars sounding off about the massive betrayal their entire generation has just suffered:

 

 

In historical terms, it is hard to even imagine the ramifications of betraying the creative soul of an entire generation — and beheading all of its stars in a virtual mass execution.

It is truly sickening. I have had plenty of beef with YouTube for quite some time myself, as we will discuss, so this is nothing new.

Independent videos are so buried by mainstream content now that the fun has been extinguished, and revenues have drastically decreased.

The Roman saying “Vox Populi, Vox Dei” applies here: “The Voice of the Public is the Voice of God.”

Angering the public this much — taking away their main source of creative passion and joy, and ruining their heroes — is a move you don’t make unless you feel you have no other choice.

It is effectively a suicide leap… sacrificing the public goodwill towards an entire mega-platform for some greater and yet-unseen purpose.

This was clearly a decision. As we go on, we will explore the likely means, motive and opportunity for why this was done.

 

THINK BACK TO THE GOLDEN AGE OF ROCK

In the Golden Age of rock, you could buy a musical instrument, learn how to jam, get some friends together and have a great time chasing the dream of stardom.

The ‘learning curve’ was pretty easy. Rock drumming is very basic. We used to call it the “Doom-Chic-DoomDoom-Chic” beat.

Hence the infamous joke, “What do you call a guy who hangs around with a bunch of musicians? A drummer!”

Most basslines are not difficult unless it’s art-rock or jazz fusion. The greatest challenge is in being okay with playing very simple and repetitive patterns, in time, without getting “busy.”

Delicious-sounding power chords on rock guitar only require you to play two strings, and to slide that same simple shape up and down the neck as needed.

Blazing guitar solos and powerful rock vocals are where the more difficult artistry and glory comes into play, but it is all attainable if you practice.

Through the purple haze of beer and weed, a group of losers could come together and make miracles happen on Earth.

 

YOU COULD MAKE IT

If your band held together through all the sex, drugs and infighting, you could start playing bigger gigs, make a decent living, and get to enjoy a bit of the good life.

If you were lucky enough, a record executive might even materialize at one of your shows to offer you the Holy Grail: A record deal!

Every day, my father would get boxes and boxes of signed-rock-band albums from Atlantic, Arista, Capitol, CBS, Columbia, Elektra, EMI, Geffen, Polydor, RCA, Sony, Warner and the like, via UPS.

The records were free, since they all wanted Dad to write about their bands. It was admittedly an amazing phenomenon.

Our entire basement was a Vault of Rock… hundreds of feet of albums stacked four levels high on shelves.

 

DIRECT EXPERIENCE OF THE DREAM WORLD

Thousands of bands came and went without getting noticed… but at least they got their record deals and some degree of exposure and fun.

I was also lucky enough to meet hundreds of top rock musicians with Dad backstage, and get to experience their dream world firsthand.

Robert Plant was the only one who stunned me into silence, where I stood two feet away from him and never said a word.

 

 

YOUTUBE IS VERY SIMILAR

YouTube has become the equivalent rock and roll dream of the younger generation.

Think of it as that sparkling vision of glory that dances in one’s mind while they are high… on life.

Best of all, no musical education, gigging or “woodshedding” is necessary.

Just get on up, get into it, and get involved.

With a very short learning curve, you can open a channel, start talking into your phone or laptop, edit your videos together, figure out where the upload button is, and shoot for the stars.

You may not “make it,” but you can certainly be very inspired in trying. That hope can fuel you through a great deal of adolescent angst.

Knowing that a stunning success is at least theoretically possible is what keeps you going. It is the modern equivalent of shooting for a record deal.

 

ROCK IS DEAD?

There is clear evidence that the entertainment mega-corps very deliberately destroyed rock and roll — well before finishing off YouTube.

If you study the history of Guns ‘N Roses, they were put through a prolonged equivalent of music school by Geffen Records to develop their signature sound.

This is very often a necessary step, and was considered an industry secret for many years. Now certain films have spilled the beans.

 

 

Various documentaries like Muscle Shoals reveal that many, if not most bands did not play on their own albums.

This was because the in-house studio performers were far more talented, and could knock tracks out much faster.

As another example, the entire “Motown Sound” emerged from one single group of performers known as The Funk Brothers.Only the singers changed.

Smokey Robinson wrote a majority of all the Motown songs with the help of The Funk Brothers, regardless of who was singing them.

 

 

Similarly, the “West Coast Sound” of so many different top acts was again driven by a single group of musicians called The Wrecking Crew.

 

 

Having seen countless rock concerts with my father, I observed firsthand how bands would be actively learning their material while performing live on tour.

I didn’t put together what was happening at the time, but I definitely noticed that they sounded far less ‘tight’ than the studio recordings.

Bands do not just appear out of nowhere and sound great, as a general rule.

Jimmy Page was a prolific, uncredited session player before forming Led Zeppelin. And Toto was a breakaway group of session players.

It takes an entire industry to finance and ‘develop’ the artists — to make them into what they then become.

If the industry no longer chooses to invest in developing artists, then the music itself will die. And that is what has happened.

 

IT HAS FIZZLED SINCE THE 1990s

Since the 1990s, there has been little to no financing, development, promotion or exposure of new rock bands of any real prominence, other than a handful of examples like Papa Roach.

This de-incentivizes people from getting together to make socially transformative musical statements, like we saw in the late 1960s with Woodstock.

The mainstream media has proudly announced this death as if it happened organically, from old age, in articles like the following:

 

4/8: MSM Declares “Rock is Dead”
https://news.yahoo.com/time-catches-rocks-greats-genre-survive-023719657.html

Las Vegas (AFP) – Mick Jagger “on the mend” following a heart valve procedure, Ozzy Osbourne postponing his tour over a fall, The Who’s Pete Townshend nearly deaf: time is no longer on the side of rock’s legends….

In a 2018 piece entitled “Rock is Dead, Thank God,” Dan Ozzi, a music critic for Vice, wrote that “the genre has been eclipsed in all measures of popularity and profitability by pop, hip-hop, and EDM.”

“And by those standards, yes, rock is dead.”

 

WAIT A MINUTE….

And yet, look at this… millennials are clearly going back through the Golden Age of rock’s catalog to hear the songs they want to listen to:

2/7: Millennials Prefer 1960-90s “Golden Age” Music to Today’s (Big Shock)
https://metro.co.uk/2019/02/07/millennials-prefer-music-20th-century-golden-age-pop-today-research-reveals-8462993/

Research has suggested that modern music really isn’t as good as the old classics.

A study has found that golden oldies stick in millennials’ minds far more than the relatively bland, homogenous pop of today.

A golden age of popular music lasted from the 1960s to the 1990s, academics claimed. Songs from this era proved to be much more memorable than tunes released in the 21st century….

‘Spotify was launched in 2008, well after nearly 90% of the songs we studied were released, which indicates millennials are aware of the music that, in general, preceded their lives and are nonetheless choosing to listen to it,’ said Dr Wallisch.

 

Not surprisingly, movies like Bohemian Rhapsody and Rocketman have done very well with their rich soundtracks and performances.

Compared to what we are hearing now, a good Queen or Elton John song seems like an utter and absolute impossibility to achieve.

Disco-funk songs on YouTube have breathless comments of people marveling at how they are playing “Real Instruments.”

The music has taken on almost a mystical, larger-than-life significance, which even dwarfs the respect these artists had in their heyday.

I expect a similar Billy Joel movie will appear before too long as well, as he is still one of the best-selling performers in the world.

 

LADY GAGA AND BRADLEY COOPER DELIVERED A KILL-SHOT

Another great example of the potential that still exists for rock music is the Oscar-winning film A Star is Born.

Lady Gaga effectively gave a big middle finger to the cheesy stuff she used to do, with the flashy costumes, ensemble dance moves, synth sounds and hyper-sexuality.

A Star is Born argues that traditional rock has far more emotional authenticity and depth than modern pop. The film’s huge success easily proved the point.

And it’s not just rock. All different types of popular music that stir the soul have been deplatformed, to use a modern term.

The music industry could certainly find new women who could sing like Whitney Houston, but this type of fare is simply never being offered.

 

THE INFAMOUS 2004 JONI MITCHELL QUOTE

This now-infamous quote from the 1970s mega-star Joni Mitchell makes a similar point:

 

 

https://www.stevelawson.net/2019/02/14-questions-about-that-terrible-joni-mitchell-quote/

“I heard someone from the music business saying they are no longer looking for talent. They want people with a certain look, and a willingness to cooperate.

I thought, that’s interesting, because I believe a total unwillingness to co-operate is what is necessary to be an artist – not for perverse reasons, but to protect your vision.

The considerations of a corporation, especially now, have nothing to do with art or music.

That’s why I spend my time now painting.”

– Joni Mitchell, quoted in the LA Times, Sept 5th 2004

 

THE SILENT CORPORATE TAKEOVER OF HIP-HOP MUSIC

On April 24th, 2012, a fascinating anonymous whistleblower letter appeared online from an alleged music executive.

He claimed to be a decision-maker in one of the more established companies in the music industry as of the late 80s and early 90s.

In it, he describes a closed, private meeting with a “small group of music industry insiders” he was called into in 1991.

Featured there were some shadowy characters, who none of his colleagues recognized:

 

4/24/12: The Secret Meeting That Changed Hip-Hop Music and Destroyed a Generation
http://www.hiphopisread.com/2012/04/secret-meeting-that-changed-rap-music.html

The meeting was held at a private residence on the outskirts of Los Angeles. I remember about 25 to 30 people being there, most of them familiar faces.

Speaking to those I knew, we joked about the theme of the meeting, as many of us did not care for rap music and failed to see the purpose of being invited to a private gathering to discuss its future.

Among the attendees was a small group of unfamiliar faces who stayed to themselves and made no attempt to socialize beyond their circle.

Based on their behavior and formal appearances, they didn’t seem to be in our industry….

 

 

IT TURNED INTO A REAL-LIFE HORROR MOVIE

Everyone was asked to sign a strict, one-page NDA. Some left the room immediately when this was offered, but the insider stayed out of curiosity.

Very soon after the meeting began, it turned into a real-life horror movie as the main speaker revealed their hidden agenda:

 

4/24/12: The Secret Meeting That Changed Hip-Hop Music and Destroyed a Generation
http://www.hiphopisread.com/2012/04/secret-meeting-that-changed-rap-music.html

The subject quickly changed as the speaker went on to tell us that the respective companies we represented had invested in a very profitable industry, which could become even more rewarding with our active involvement.

He explained that the companies we work for had invested millions into the building of privately owned prisons, and that our positions of influence in the music industry would actually impact the profitability of these investments….

He told us that since our employers had become silent investors in this prison business, it was now in their interest to make sure that these prisons remained filled.

Our job would be to help make this happen by marketing music which promotes criminal behavior, rap being the music of choice.

He assured us that this would be a great situation for us, because rap music was becoming an increasingly profitable market for our companies — and as employees, we’d also be able to buy personal stocks in these prisons.

 

THINGS SPIRALED INTO INSTANT CHAOS

If this was envisioned as a movie scene, you might expect everyone to be chuckling, rubbing their hands together and congratulating their ‘brothers’ in the ‘Illuminati.’

This is not at all what happened:

 

4/24/12: The Secret Meeting That Changed Hip-Hop Music and Destroyed a Generation
http://www.hiphopisread.com/2012/04/secret-meeting-that-changed-rap-music.html

Immediately, silence came over the room. You could have heard a pin drop. I remember looking around to make sure I wasn’t dreaming, and saw half of the people with dropped jaws.

My daze was interrupted when someone shouted, “Is this a f****** joke?”

At this point, things became chaotic.

Two of the men who were part of the “unfamiliar” group grabbed the man who shouted out, and attempted to remove him from the house.

A few of us, myself included, tried to intervene. One of them pulled out a gun — and we all backed off.

They separated us from the crowd, and all four of us were escorted outside.

My industry colleague who had opened the meeting earlier hurried out to meet us.

[He] reminded us that we had signed agreements, and would suffer the consequences of speaking about this publicly or even with those who attended the meeting.

I asked him why he was involved with something this corrupt. He replied that it was bigger than the music business… and nothing we’d want to challenge without risking consequences.

 

THE FOLLOW-UP….

This letter aroused great controversy when it appeared in 2012. Many readers simply couldn’t believe it was true. It’s simply too awful.

Based on what I know, the people I have met and the data I have studied, this most definitely does not appear to be a LARP (Live Action Role Play).

It has multiple ‘markers’ I look for in distinguishing true insider testimonials from fictionalized LARPs.

Others have since followed up on these leads and discovered that the main shareholders of the music-industry companies are indeed the top investors in the prison complex as well:

 

9/7/16: Facts About Hip-Hop And Prison For Profit
https://raprehab.com/facts-about-hip-hop-and-prison-for-profit/

Last year Corrections Corporation of America (CCA), the biggest name in the private prison industry, contacted 48 states offering to buy their prisons.

One stipulation of eligibility for the deal was particularly bizarre: “an assurance by the agency partner that the agency has sufficient inmate population to maintain a minimum 90% occupancy rate over the term of the contract….

Ninety percent of what Americans read, watch and listen to is controlled by only six media companies.

PBS’s Frontline has described the conglomerates that determine what information is disseminated to the public as a “web of business relationships that now defines America’s media and culture.” Business relationships.

Last year a mere 232 media executives were responsible for the intake of 277 million Americans, controlling all the avenues necessary to manufacture any celebrity and incite any trend….

 

None of this is exactly breaking news, but when ownership of these media conglomerates is cross-checked with ownership of the biggest names in prison privatization, interesting new facts emerge.

According to public analysis from Bloomberg, the largest holder in Corrections Corporation of America is Vanguard Group Incorporated.

Interestingly enough, Vanguard also holds considerable stake in the media giants determining this country’s culture….

 

The number-one holder of both Viacom and Time Warner is a company called Blackrock.

Blackrock is the second largest holder in Corrections Corporation of America, second only to Vanguard…

There are many other startling overlaps in private-prison/mass-media ownership, but two underlying facts become clear very quickly:

The people who own the media are the same people who own private prisons. The EXACT same people.

Using one to promote the other is (or “would be,” depending on your analysis) very lucrative….

 

Conspiracy theorists get a lot of flak for daring entertain the notion that people will do evil things for money.

Historical atrocities like slavery and the Holocaust are universally acknowledged.

Yet, simultaneously adopted is the contradictory position that there can’t possibly be any human beings around intelligent enough and immoral enough to perpetrate such things [now].

 

And while Blackrock and Vanguard are at it, why not also own the guns that their rap lyrics encourage listeners to use — to speed up their entry into the prison complex?

 

 

LET’S DIG A LITTLE DEEPER

Mainstream media. Check. The music industry. Check. The prison complex. Check. This is crazy stuff if it turns out to be true.

The insider’s testimony checks out perfectly with the actual, provable facts of this case.

If this alleged meeting actually did happen, then we are looking at some very sinister connections between seemingly disparate corporations.

Indeed, after this alleged meeting in 1991, the entire rap music industry shifted to promote violence and drug abuse. For 28 years.

Let’s not forget that Black music in the 1960s, 70s and 80s, such as Motown and disco, was almost always about people being in love.

Granted, you had some early and humorous harbingers of what was coming, such as Curtis Mayfield’s “I’m Your Pusher Man.”

Warning: Do not watch the “Pusherman” video if you are recovering from a cocaine habit, as it would be very triggering:

 

 

WHAT ABOUT GOOGLE AND FACEBOOK?

If this horrific plan is indeed real, what happens when we analyze the principal investors in Facebook and Alphabet, the parent company of Google?

12/4/17: Blackrock and Vanguard Are Less Than a Decade Away From Managing $20 Trillion
https://www.bloomberg.com/news/features/2017-12-04/blackrock-and-vanguard-s-20-trillion-future-is-closer-than-you-think

The firms [Blackrock and Vanguard] are among the biggest holders of some of the world’s largest companies across a range of industries, including Google parent Alphabet Inc. and Facebook Inc. in technology, and lenders like Wells Fargo & Co.

 

3/19/18: And The Award For Facebook’s Largest Shareholders Goes To….
https://www.cnbc.com/2018/03/19/facebook-could-come-under-fire-from-large-investors-like-blackrock.html

Key Points: Facebook’s largest shareholders are Vanguard, Fidelity, BlackRock and State Street.

 

This is what insiders call “vertical integration.”

The same firms that own the mainstream media and music industry also own the social-media giants, Google and YouTube.

Just like we saw with mega-banks in the LIBOR scandal, they only appear to be in competition with each other.

In actuality, they are merely akin to different branch offices within a single, larger (and hidden) corporation.

This interlocking directorate is what many are now calling the Deep State, though it goes by many other names as well.

The sudden, shock merger of YouTube and mainstream media makes far more sense once you understand that they are owned by the same entities.

 

THE BIG FOUR

Blackrock, Vanguard, Fidelity (with its pyramid-capstone logo) and State Street effectively control the US economy, as well as much of the world.

 

http://www.ronpaulforums.com/showthread.php?517340-BlackRock-Vanguard-State-Street-own-the-US

There are four investment funds — the Big Four — that control the US economy:

  • BlackRock
  • Vanguard Group
  • State Street
  • Fidelity

The 8 largest US financial companies — JP Morgan, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, U.S. Bancorp, Bank of New York Mellon and Morgan Stanley — are 100% controlled by ten shareholders.

The “big four” are major shareholders in all of these eight financial institutions.

As a result, the privately-owned Federal Reserve [which prints the U.S. dollar] is controlled by the Big Four…

 

THE COOL PEOPLE ARE ALL ON YOUTUBE

The younger generation has almost completely lost interest in corporate television and celebrities at this point.

Unlike other eras, they are not being fed by the popular music that “young people are supposed to like,” simply because mega-corporations tell them to.

Rock music was a great social outlet and therapeutic tool, and it has arguably been killed off by the Big Four despite its innate profitability.

That didn’t snuff out the youthful spark of inspiration. Everyone simply migrated over to the instant, one-man-band world of YouTube.

The cool people are all on YouTube…. or they were.

You don’t need to learn an instrument, you don’t need to team up with other people, and you can “go viral” and become an overnight sensation without ever worrying about a record deal.

If your channel takes off, you can actually make enough money to survive, even while Alphabet / Google / YouTube quietly amasses the other half of your cash.

 

SUCCESS IN SPITE OF MYSELF

Perhaps it was my Gen-X cynicism, or my innate suspicion that it was only a matter of time before the noose would tighten on YouTube.

I admit it. I neglected YouTube like an absentee, phone-in father. Success occurred in spite of my actions, not because of them.

I felt incredibly betrayed and unsupported by this platform all along, for reasons we will now discuss.

This will therefore be the first of two ‘personal’ sections of the article, if you are interested. Otherwise, you can click ahead to Section Two.

This story is about as crazy as you can imagine. I ask you to try to visualize what it would be like to actually go through all of this yourself.

There was no love, no inspiration, and no desire for me to participate in YouTube.

I was aware that something was seriously wrong — well before this current “Big Plot Twist” and mass betrayal just happened.

For years I showed up to deliver maybe one or two videos a year. That was it. I still only have 31 videos on my channel as of today.

 

IT WAS IMPOSSIBLE

Literally hundreds of thousands of stolen copies of my material circulated on YouTube. They were low-grade bootlegs of conferences, radio shows and other episodes.

The sheer weight of stolen content would have made it impossible for me to make a living from doing my own videos.

The stolen videos were always monetized, sometimes to perverse extremes. And as I eventually discovered, someone was burning in links to child porn in many of these videos.

This is the first time that I feel safe enough to actually reveal what was going on, with the help of fully-legal photo documentation, as you will soon see.

The ad money was going into a real bank account, which should have been completely traceable and actionable to a real person.

Even with the help of attorneys pointing out the gravity of the crimes involved, we got absolutely nowhere.

 

THEFT IN THE MILLIONS

The amounts of money involved in this theft were worthy of multiple felony counts for Grand Larceny, likely in the millions.

People would still watch videos that had a line of thirty or more yellow ad dots all marching along the timeline in military formation.

Until I joined a network last year that specialized in alternative content, it was literally impossible for me to get AdSense enabled myself.

I was perpetually waiting for a validation postcard in the mail that never arrived, and there was literally no other way to get started.

And as we will see in Section Two, almost immediately after I finally got up and running this past February with a creator network, I was body-slammed once again.

 

THE INCREDIBLE “TEDDY BEAR” STRUGGLE

There was an enormous cottage industry of hundreds, if not thousands of stolen videos being uploaded every day… on various channels.

They were getting plenty of clicks… often tens if not hundreds of thousands of unique views. It was the “big time,” in a sense, but I had no control over it whatsoever.

This entity was almost certainly making far more off of my work than I ever did, just by this incredible industrial-scale operation.

A core of perhaps 100 pieces of content was being constantly and misleadingly re-titled, assigned the current date, and re-uploaded.

Apparently millions of people were going to YouTube, typing in “David Wilcock,” and watching whatever came up.

No one even seemed to care about the name or the origin of the channel. It was all about the name.

I even had people coming up and saying things like, “Hey, I watch you all the time on ____,” as if it was some legitimate entity.

 

IT WAS UTTERLY MASSIVE

You could look at any one of these channels and see that it had as many as thirty to fifty new uploads per day. Literally!

I made multiple attempts to contact YouTube about this overwhelmingly awesome theft, numbering in the hundreds of thousands of titles.

When you typed in my name and looked at how many videos there were, it went from a quarter million to over 500,000, depending upon when you did it.

YouTube told me that audio-only content, like a radio show appearance, was essentially open source.

Unless I owned and ran the radio show, I could not attach copyright to my audio.

Then, I would have to convince the radio-show copyright holder to fight constantly on my behalf to delete videos. Not going to happen.

Best of all, YouTube told me that “if a person thinks some audio is new, then to them it is,” and they can give it whatever date they want.

 

DID NOT WANT TO FEED THE BEAST

I did not want to supply this bootlegging monster with any usable new content.

Any new radio show would instantly “feed the beast” and re-appear hundreds of times a day.

Content was also being edited, modified, and packaged in various ways to make me look stupid, annoying, et cetera.

This even included cases where my voice was deliberately slowed down to make it sound like I had a disability.

The more unprotected radio shows I did, the more this problem would just mushroom completely out of control.

At the same time, there was a constant churn of wildly defamatory and mostly anonymous video attacks.

My audience was becoming enraged. The damage done to my reputation from all of this still reverberates for some people.

Many people were saying “David is So Greedy, Look At All His Ads,” and “Why Is He Constantly Re-Uploading His Old S#it With Misleading Dates to Make Money?”

In that second case, the question itself contained the apparent answer.

 

THIS ONLY LEFT TWO OPTIONS

As a result, I disavowed the release of any and all audio, such as a radio show, unless the host had Content ID verification and would actually fight to delete bootlegs.

This simple math quickly reduced it down to only two choices: Coast to Coast AM with George Noory and Fade to Black with Jimmy Church.

At least this way, when the shows were stolen — and they constantly were — it was at least theoretically possible to take the videos down.

Just recently, YouTube demonetized Jimmy Church’s channel — for a good chunk of time.

Their excuse was that he had “far too many videos on his channel that re-appear all over YouTube.” These were his shows with me!

He had a horrific struggle convincing them that he was actually the ORIGINAL SOURCE of this massive cancerous growth!

 

IT WAS TOTALLY OVERWHELMING

It was so overwhelming that I could not stand to load up YouTube at all. My sidebar was clogged with endless, low-quality stolen copies of my own stuff.

I was told to file copyright strikes and given no other option. If I did this all day long, it was still impossible to even put a small dent in it.

Occasionally I could actually score “three strikes” and get a channel taken down, but it would immediately sprout back up again, often with the same name, videos and images.

I filmed footage of myself looking at all of this, and did not end up publishing it at the time. I largely kept all of this quiet.

The whole process was so disheartening that I could only ever dip in and TRY to do takedowns once every few months.

I did not have the money to hire someone else to do it for me, and it really served no purpose. This was industrial-scale stuff.

 

 

Eventually, in December 2016, the main guy doing all of this at the time got my channel “Permanently Deleted” —

by filing a legal challenge where he claimed that he owned the copyright on my videos!

But wait… that’s me in the videos, and here’s a copy of my driver’s license, YouTube!

Nothing. Crickets.

I had to deal with the guy directly. I didn’t actually look at where those burned-in links went until after he attacked me… and I legally responded.

YouTube forced me to hand over my address and contact info in order to legally respond to a dispute of this nature.

All he had to do was say he was going to use an attorney. He didn’t actually need one to fill out and send the form.

 

THE BIG SHOWDOWN

I actually had an email exchange with him, and quickly discovered that he was viciously hateful and manipulative. Not surprising.

He effectively wanted to hold me at gunpoint and have me beg on my knees for forgiveness and clemency, when it was very clear that he would then shoot me anyway.

He wanted me to be grateful for everything that he was doing.

He said he was “Promoting” me and building up the strength of my name. But of course, he never sent me so much as a single dollar of the massive ad revenue he was making off of my work.

It was all very psychopathic stuff. And then I went to the burned-in website addresses he put in my videos and had the shock of a lifetime.

The total lack of support from YouTube for well over a week, despite multiple attorney letters, was incredibly demoralizing and depressing.

It was right during Christmas, while on a family vacation. For several days I had no idea if I would ever get my channel back.

 

WE GOT LUCKY

It was only after I wrote an entire emergency article exposing the problem, and asked you to help me, that YouTube restored my channel.

We actually had far more information on this guy than we released at the time. The legal proof was shared with YouTube.

We knew his real name. He had stalked, screamed at, and threatened other associates of mine with violence.

I was fortunate enough to have never dealt with him in person or over a voice line.

He had tried to break into the circuit and just never made it. His content always had very disturbing elements in it.

He was doing this same mass-reuploading to everyone in the UFO / disclosure community. I just seemed to be his biggest target.

We found out he would seduce women, move in with them, abuse them, threaten them, then steal everything they had and leave their house a horrific mess.

 

A LARGE FOOTPRINT

There were many different websites documenting these crimes, complete with the pictures, and tracking his movements.

For legal reasons I am not going to give out any of the names or website addresses at this time.

I typed one of his old phishing sites in just now, which had the porn links in it, and it is no longer active.

Either way, this could still be an actionable issue.

We had witnesses to his crimes, but they were terrified to speak because this man was so violently evil.

They knew he was a mega-womanizer and very dangerous, and one of them had witnessed him orchestrating this mass YouTube campaign against me on his computer.

He was apparently working as a team with two other guys, one of whom was his brother and a master computer hacker.

Shortly after they got my contact info through YouTube, I got weird phishing texts purporting to be from my associate Corey Goode.

It also seemed that one of these guys’ names was an alias, since it had a creepy sexual joke implied in the name.

 

BUT WAIT, IT GETS WORSE….

Worst of all, my own videos were being re-uploaded with burned-in links and “bugs” that went over to child exploitation sites.

You could apparently order various disturbing videos through these sites.

This was almost certainly a credit-card phishing scam, and this guy would just ruin your life if he got anything from you.

This proof, again, was shared with YouTube through a top cyber-exploitation attorney.

We did not disclose this publicly at the time for multiple reasons, including simple personal safety.

The name I picked for him was deliberately chosen to hint at what was really going on, but no one connected the dots in a prominent fashion.

 

THAT EXPLAINS THE TAKEDOWN

This disgusting agenda made his takedown of my own channel, for the better part of a week, all the more sinister.

It absolutely looked like a set-up to frame me for serious crimes that I was completely innocent of.

If my own channel had gone missing, and the only remaining videos linked back to kiddie stuff, that sure looked like a setup.

We finally got someone at YouTube to read our letters, and he promised to help. I believed him.

Our team wanted joint cooperation with law enforcement, as well as the following ‘wish list’ that would have followed:

  • Special flagging of anyone who starts uploading videos with this and other key names in them, in bulk;
  • Blockage of any and all linked bank accounts from being able to receive AdSense revenue ever again;
  • Freezing and depublication of any and all channels linked to these bank accounts;
  • IP tracing of where these accounts were originating from;
  • Cooperation in handing this sensitive and very serious information over to the FBI;
  • Et cetera.

 

Then our guy disappeared, and others showed up who ignored our entire thread. We were starting over from scratch every time.

First you would get the automated responses that had no awareness of the letter whatsoever, and simply told you to file takedowns or complaints.

Then you might get a ‘real person’ who obviously had not spent more than 30 seconds skimming through your letter or letters.

It was literally impossible to get any protective action on this.

It was a miracle that we were even able to get my channel back at all.

 

SOME EXCERPTS FROM THE EMAILS WE SENT AT THE TIME

Here is a shortened excerpt from one of the emails we sent to YouTube at the time, which got us nowhere:

———- Forwarded message ———-
From: David Wilcock <____>
Date: Wed, Dec 28, 2016 at 6:54 PM
Subject: Re: [0-4185000015108] [1-1317000015183] YouTube Partner Support PLEASE HELP: MORE FALSE STRIKES FROM SAME CRIMINAL

 

MY ATTORNEY IS INCLUDED HERE. PLEASE CONTACT HIM. THIS IS ESCALATING FASTER THAN HE HAS HAD TIME TO RESPOND.

A violent criminal is attacking my channel, and is widely exposed online for committing multiple felonies. He has just escalated the war with ANOTHER copyright strike against content that I own….

He burned his own weblink in as well as a “bug” at the bottom right. This obviously indicates he added these things to my existing video. This is copyright theft….

These two websites (in the link) OPENLY SOLICIT their viewers to download “forbidden” X-rated films that appear to involve sex acts with children. They also harvest credit card information….

There are literally dozens of places online where you can read about the awesome scope of “con” that this man has conducted. [LINKS NOT PROVIDED HERE]

He is an international fugitive with multiple felony warrants out for his arrest. He has fled from Britain to France to Spain to Monaco to Iceland….

 

TWO DISTURBING BUT NOT ILLEGAL IMAGES

Finallly, here are two of the disturbing, evil images that we included in the legal package that was sent, taken right off of these linked websites.

There is nothing illegal in these images. I would not upload anything here that was. Nor did I see anything like that on these sites, thankfully.

The girl on the right is wearing a weird Satanic backpack, giving a clear hint that she is supposed to be an under-age schoolgirl.

One of the characters is wearing an Eyes-Wide-Shut-style mask with a phallic nose and “fallen angel” wings.

Notice also that whoever commissioned this illustration used a “Blue Avian” cartoon character that was touching the pizza in the center.

This character shifted from blue to green due to the overall gray filter they used on the original image:

 

FOR LEGAL DOCUMENTATION PURPOSES ONLY: NOT CLICKABLE

FOR LEGAL DOCUMENTATION PURPOSES ONLY: NOT CLICKABLE

 

It clearly seemed that this man was being sponsored by very dark forces to do this, and was not acting alone.

Corey Goode had asserted on our show that the alleged ‘Blue Avian’ ETs had also helped the Muslims.

Notice that the little Blue Avian guy in the above illustration has a Muslim prayer cap on.

The clear insinuation, from the wording and context, was that people I knew, like Corey, were involved in a “Demon Sex Crime Syndicate.”

Nothing could be further from the truth.

This stalker himself may have been a member of some sort of ‘Syndicate’ — in a classic case of projection.

 

TRY TO IMAGINE

Again… try to imagine if this had happened to you, and someone tried to set you up like this… on such a massive scale.

Potentially tens of thousands of videos are out there, trying to frame you as a peddler of the worst criminal material there is.

You pay for a great attorney. You have tons of evidence. Documents. Websites. Witnesses.

You believe there is no way this will be ignored.

You keep silent in the public eye, because you don’t want to enrage the guy and have him generate even crazier stuff to try to frame you with.

And then… absolutely nothing.

How in the world was this guy actually able to take my entire channel down with false copyright strikes for nearly a week?

 

IT APPEARS THAT THE LAW CAUGHT UP WITH HIM

The “Teddy Bear” had so greatly diluted my message that it was nearly impossible to find actual, new stuff by typing in my name.

If anyone had bothered to type in the links he burned into many of those videos, they would have soon found their way back to this disturbing solicitation.

I do believe that the law finally caught up with him, just based on how quiet things have gotten in the aftermath.

My lawyer did talk me through the entire process of filing all of this with the FBI through official channels, and I did it.

It also appears that the people Teddy had once hired to upload the videos then took over the business on their own.

In that case it was just to make money. Various clues suggested they were located somewhere in Southeast Asia.

Now it finally appears that YouTube has stopped this mass re-uploading scam as a whole, across the platform. That is a huge relief.

That is one of the main reasons why I even feel comfortable talking about this now. It was very demoralizing at the time.

 

COULD HAVE / WOULD HAVE / SHOULD HAVE

So yeah. This stuff admittedly messed me up for a while. It is not fun having this level of evil directed at you. It is not at alllike being a rock star.

No one was bootlegging rock albums and overdubbing messages in them linking the listener to disgusting criminal material.

Had this hideous frame-up actually caused any problems, I would have definitely gone public with this much sooner.

Social media? Maybe I’ll post something if I feel like it, and maybe for months at a time I will prefer to have a private and solitary life.

If I had really wanted to “Make Money,” I could have / would have / should have done a hell of a lot more than I was doing, like running multi-city conference tours… but I was fine with the quiet life of an artist.

That’s what made it so ironic when various attackers would accuse me of getting rich from this, or only doing it for the money.

If I wanted to ‘cash in’, I would have been constantly deploying social media, doing very regular conferences, and having lots of products for sale.

 

I DID ALL THE OLD STUFF

I did all the Old Stuff — I wrote a few published books, updated my own website, luckily got into a good show on Cable TV, and did three or four real-world conferences a year.

I continued to boldly expose the evil that I saw happening in the world, regardless of all these vicious counter-attacks.

The thing that disturbed me the most about YouTube and social media was that there was no management team I could call and hold accountable.

In the rock and roll era, your band had a manager, an agent, an accountant, and at least one executive at the label who your team could grill if something went wrong.

Not here.

Therefore, in light of my own experience, I can’t say I’m too surprised now that everyone has had the “Big Twist” and an epic betrayal from the tech giants.

If the crimes I exposed with my attorneys were not ‘good enough’ to catch even a moment’s attention, then it was complete anarchy.

The connections between these seemingly separate industries, through financiers like the Big Four, needs to be talked about.

 

CLICK HERE TO CONTINUE TO SECTION TWO

SECTION TWO: TECH DOOFUS MASS CENSORSHIP

 

LET’S SAY YOU DIDN’T WATCH THE ORIGINAL VIDEO IN SECTION ONE….

Even though the lamentations in the original video of people mourning the death of YouTube are very, very intense, and well worth your time to review, let’s say you didn’t watch it — and are just skimming through this.

Here again is the video from Section One, in case now you want to see it and you didn’t watch it before:

 

 

“Ok, rock and roll, blah blah, the kids are getting high, personal info, I don’t get this YouTube connection. YouTube just sucks. Whatever.”

Here is a written version of the virtual nuclear holocaust that has just occurred for this generation:

 

4/5: YouTube Abandoning Independent Creators For MSM Content
https://www.theverge.com/2019/4/5/18287318/youtube-logan-paul-pewdiepie-demonetization-adpocalypse-premium-influencers-creators

The golden age of YouTube — the YouTube of a million different creators all making enough money to support themselves by creating videos about doing what they love — is over….

In 2016, personalities like Philip DeFranco, comedians like Jesse Ridgway, and dozens of other popular creators started noticing that their videos were being demonetized.

[This is] a term popularized by the community to indicate when something had triggered YouTube’s system to remove advertisements from a video, depriving them of revenue.

No one was quite sure why, and it prompted complaints about bigger algorithm changes that appeared to be happening.

 

Kjellberg [the number-one YouTube star “PewDiePie”] posted a video detailing how changes had dropped his viewership numbers.

He’d been getting 30 percent of his traffic from YouTube’s suggested feed, but after the apparent algorithm update, the number fell to less than 1 percent.

Kjellberg jokingly threatened to delete his channel as a result, which was enough to get YouTube to issue a statement denying that anything had changed.

(The denial sidestepped questions of the algorithm specifically, and spoke instead to subscriber counts.)….

 

There’s a moment in the podcast, toward the end, when [top YT star] Logan looks at the Philippou brothers and asks them, “So what do you do? What happens next?”

They laugh, and then Michael answers without hesitation, with the expediency of someone who’s thought of this for some time.

“We leave. We find somewhere else that wants our videos. That used to be YouTube, but it’s not anymore. And I don’t think it ever will be again.”

 

JUST SO THAT WE ARE CLEAR….

Again, just so that we are clear, everyone’s videos are now being completely buried by unwanted and unpopular mainstream-media content!

Creators’ subscriber counts have greatly decreased or almost leveled off entirely. Ad revenues are drastically down, if not outright gone.

Viewing numbers have dropped by 50, 60, 70, even 90 percent or more. And everyone knows this has been engineered very deliberately, by design.

The waxen wings of the YouTube dream have melted — and it has come thundering down to the earth in a flaming heap.

The specifics were also revealed in a recent video linked on Digg.com as of May 2019.

The creator of the following video did a rigorous scientific study of the data, and absolutely proved that this massive bias is now in place against ALL independent creators.

In case you don’t recognize him, the ‘1x’ guy on the left is PewDiePie / Kjellberg, who was the number-one YouTube celebrity for several years:

 

 

YouTube’s Trending Tab Incredible Biases: 95% Mainstream Media
http://digg.com/video/youtube-trending-tab-explained

Notes from video:

3:30: Mainstream media is now overwhelmingly over-represented on the YouTube Trending tab.

This has nothing to do with the mainstream sources getting more views… in fact it is just the opposite.

8:12: 95% of all news now promoted on YouTube’s all-important Trending tab is traditional media, as opposed to being independently created.

NINETY. FIVE. PERCENT of ALL NEWS!!!

The Associated Press hit the Trending tab seven times, with videos having as little as ten thousand views.

A formerly very popular independent creator only trended once after getting 1.4 million views.

12:45: This is a “Systemic Bias” throughout all of YouTube. Dafuqqq?!….

 

GO TAKE A LOOK FOR YOURSELF… IF YOU HAVE THE STOMACH FOR IT

If you want to witness this for yourself, go over to YouTube, click on any video, and look at the sidebar. Everything that comes up is check-marked MSM junk. It’s crazy.

This is not what people come to YouTube for. If they want mainstream media, they go turn on the TV. YouTube is a haven… or was… for independent creators.

Now, if I want to watch anything of potential interest, I have to know exactly who I am looking for, and then manually type their name into the search window.

It is now nearly impossible to find the videos you want to watch without hand-typing the name of their creators into the Search bar.

You can still find them, but this extra legwork has caused precipitous declines in viewership numbers.

The entire platform has radically changed. The water temperature has been turned up on the frog much too quickly, and he is pissed.

What could possibly be the reason behind this? How does this make any sense at all, from a business perspective?

Think about it as if you were running this business, without exploring any exotic conspiracy theories just yet.

YouTube owns the platform. Why give preferential treatment to the very entities you are supposedly competing with for advertising revenue?

Why attempt to steer people into the dying old world of television? Why forge an unholy alliance with the mainstream media that you were oh-so-recently competing with and destroying?

If YouTube actually succeeds in quieting this massive and angry mob, now numbering in the millions, their time and attention will now migrate over to a platform that YouTube makes no apparent money from.

This is the big paradox. This is what everyone is struggling to understand right now. Without the “Big Picture” of what we will be calling the “Forbidden Story,” it makes no sense at all.

You don’t come here to Divine Cosmos looking for the conventional view. We will “get our hands dirty” and look at all possible explanations, including the most controversial ones.

 

WHAT IN THE HELL IS GOING ON HERE?

In my second book The Synchronicity Key, I suggest that historical events are following a mass informational template most know as the Hero’s Journey, popularized by Joseph Campbell.

This is the basic blueprint for all TV shows, movies and novels, as I discovered by studying the top thirteen books on screenwriting in detail.

Films such as Star Wars, E.T., Alien, Dances With Wolves, The Lion King, Matrix and Avatar all follow this ‘structure’ so closely as to be almost like paint-by-numbers classes — and yet it works.

We laugh, cry, gasp and cheer at all the right points in these movies. It feels oddly familiar, and yet it never ceases to delight.

The Hero’s Journey is the core pattern of all good storytelling. It is also the spiritual DNA of our own journey through life, with all its ups and downs.

In the Hero’s Journey archetypal story, millennials have definitely hit the “All is Lost” point with what YouTube has just done in the cyber-verse over the last three months.

This is the equivalent of “hitting bottom” in addiction-recovery parlance, where deep and meaningful lifestyle change can then occur after a harrowing collapse.

 

VERY IMPORTANT TO REMEMBER….

It is very important to remember that the All is Lost point is NOT the end of the Hero’s Journey. It only appears to be that way.

In a screenplay, it is expected to happen somewhere around page 85 out of 120. I had one of many during the apex of the Teddy Bear attacks, as my channel went down during Christmas.

The hero must appear to have been completely defeated and destroyed, and to have exhausted all hope of completing the Quest.

The screenwriting books even recommend that the hero, or at least his or her quest, should appear to have literally died… for five full pages of script.

Then as you hit page 90, you move into the Third Act, where the Setup and Conflict launches into Resolution, Victory and the Hero’s Return.

I do argue in the book that this is an archetype, and it holds true in any and all situations. It is, again, our spiritual DNA.

 

YOU’D BETTER BELIEVE THIS HAS HIT THE UFO COMMUNITY

Our own “home territory” of the UFO and conspiracy genre has most definitely felt the All is Lost point very strongly during the Great PooTube Transfiguration.

Within this virtual world of YouTube, all the talents you know and love are being systematically hunted down and extinguished like animals.

 

 

Two of the most popular talents in the UFO community on YouTube, who have not yet entered into the conference or traditional TV circuit, are SecureTeam 10 and Third Phase of the Moon.

If you want to really feel and smell the guts of this All is Lost moment within the UFO community — the fear, anxiety, desperation and helplessness — watch these two short videos:

 

Secure Team 10: 5/23/19

 

Third Phase of the Moon: 6/20/19

 

I am no stranger to these impossible showdowns with faceless bureaucracy.

SecureTeam 10 was rescued by a massive and peaceful audience uprising on Twitter, as it says in the comments section. Tyler and his family were thankfully spared from disaster.

It is very likely that Tyler does not sleep well at night either way. With the constantly-worsening rules, he might not be so lucky the next time.

Blake from Third Phase is still very much on cyber “death row” at this point, unless we mount a massive audience effort to save him and his channel.

Blake did a great job editing a movie-length video together for us to promote Above Majestic, which now has over 1.3 million views.

I shot a wealth of original footage for him to use in this project, and most of it made the cut. I was very pleased with the results.

As a gesture of thanks for his tireless work, I do ask that you follow his instructions on the video and peacefully protest his demonetization on Twitter.

 

CRAZY STUFF

I personally lost all ability to livestream on my channel for three months beginning in early March, despite the advice and support of five different legal teams as well as my network.

I had spent five years and many thousands of dollars building up to the big debut, with three camera angles; good sound and lighting; and normal HD-quality video resolution.

I also had After Effects-driven opening sequences, conference-quality slides and animated lower thirds.

In short, it looked, sounded and felt like a “real” television show, and not a typical one-camera-angle livestream.

I could now knock out live shows that had better camera, sound and picture quality than the countless bootlegs of my old conference footage and radio shows circulating on YouTube.

I waited to launch this new initiative until I knew I had everything mastered… and it was seriously hard work to get there.

I was only able to knock out three videos on 2/916 and 23 before it all came crashing down. In context, this was not surprising.

 

IT WAS NOT FUN

The problem was that new rules had just been implemented. One single strike against a livestream now caused it to die off for three months unless successfully challenged.

YouTube completely refused to listen to provable arguments that were self-evident within 30 seconds of surveying the obvious data we provided them.

None of this struggle was made public for various reasons.

The head of my content network had never seen such inflexibility before, as this should have been a very simple issue to resolve. I was well within Fair Use guidelines, according to all five teams.

I did one additional live video on Twitter/Periscope on March 13th, and then manually uploaded it to YouTube before getting swept away in the launch and delivery of Ascension Mystery School.

This proved to be very intense work. I “over-delivered,” with a total of eight videos averaging four hours in length each. I do sincerely thank each of you who participated!

Elizabeth and I were both doing course deliveries at the same time, and all week we were either editing, preparing or delivering content.

 

THREE BIG CONFERENCES, WITH QUITE THE FINALE

This relentless, weekly effort then collided with three big conferences: Sedona Cosmic Awakening, New Living Expo and Contact in the Desert.

Our third event was marred by an unprecedented attack, defamation and physical threat campaign online, with a heaping dollop of betrayal on top.

Never before had I seen such organized and threatening efforts being made, complete with such sneering and total contempt for its intended targets.

The people making the threats then ridiculed the fact that we were forced to respond to them with law enforcement, by necessity.

There is so much projection in these attacks that whoever they think they are talking about bears almost no resemblance to me whatsoever.

 

THE PUBLIC STATEMENT

My former co-star Corey Goode was targeted in these attacks even more than I was, though he was not speaking at Contact in the Desert.

By necessity, the attacks triggered the release of a comprehensive Public Statement from Goode’s legal team in order to address multiple misunderstandings and/or flat-out lies.

The people chatting this all up were doing so in an echo chamber, thinking it was a huge movement when really no more than 1-2 percent of Goode’s audience was even casually watching.

One key member of the attack group has publicly admitted to practicing black magic and attempting to summon demons, and thinks it is hilarious.

Other ‘friends’ called every business associate they could find, and tried to sabotage our relationships and contracts.

There are a variety of actionable crimes that have been committed in the process, some of which are felonies.

Best of all, they made multiple calls to the FBI, only to discover the core accusations were not criminal even if the false allegations were proven correct.

 

TAKE THE HIGH ROAD

I do agree wholeheartedly with the sentiments in the Statement. If you want to defend us from attacks, please do so without descending to their level.

That means no harassment, bullying, intimidation, threats or otherwise… just a peacefully-worded statement of what you think and feel.

It is certainly OK to disagree, have your own point of view, and present strong and healthy boundaries, particularly in the face of violent threats.

Not long after Corey’s Statement emerged, the entire foundation of the allegations began crumbling apart.

The originators of the attack have now been caught in multiple, provable lies and deceptions, to an almost ridiculous level.

New evidence is surfacing on almost a daily basis at this time, and it is quite the elaborate tapestry of deception.

The perps may yet get the fame they have obviously been seeking, but not for the reasons they had anticipated.

The hate speech reminds me of the laughably absurd circular arguments I used to hear in PBS fundraisers, but this time with far more aggression and profanity.

 

“We Just Don’t Like Him Very Much! Donate Now!”

 

OH YEAH… HE STOLE THE MONEY!

One of the most ridiculous themes in this hate genre is the idea that I “Stole Pete Peterson’s Fundraiser Money” from TWO YEARS AGO.

They have talked about this so much, after digging around for “Evidence,” that they are absolutely convinced this fantasy must be true.

Pete has been the number-one whistleblower teaching us about the Alliance all these years, dating back to when we met in 2009.

Pete’s house had been illegally foreclosed upon after a crazy, multi-year legal battle with Big Four bank bureaucracy. All of his worldly possessions were then illegally seized and thrown in the dump.

It was absolutely heartbreaking. I had sent him 18,000 dollars over the years to help fight this legal battle and to have enough money to continue eating.

I recently called Pete on the phone after tracking him down to a new nursing home, and have a recording I will soon be releasing where he debunks this crazy idea that I robbed him of this money.

 

IT GOT REALLY WEIRD

There was a weird and sinister aspect to this whole situation as well.

The theft accusations started ramping up almost immediately after Pete was transferred to another nursing home, with no forwarding info.

No one outside of Pete’s immediate inner circle should have known that anything about his housing and accessibility status had changed.

The previous facility told me that “due to HIPAA regulations,” they could not confirm where he was, or even if he was alive.

Thankfully, one of Pete’s old friends was able to out-manipulate one of the clerks and get them to break the “rules” and reveal where they sent him.

If there was some greater initiative behind this, the planners may have hoped that I would never have been able to speak to Pete again.

BZZZT! Not so. We found him! We asked him. And we recorded it… with his permission. That is coming soon in a video, but I needed to get this written up first.

 

THEY WERE VERY PARANOID

It was very difficult to get the money to Pete, because GoFundMe was so paranoid about such a theft actually happening.

From my own personal experience, if someone did try to organize a fraud like this, it would be nearly impossible to accomplish it through GoFundMe.

I had to get special executive approval to have Power of Attorney, just to be able to provide GoFundMe with Pete’s correct bank information online, which they then audited and verified before trusting the data.

Pete was nowhere near Internet savvy enough to know how to provide them with his own bank information through any online means they would accept, and we did try.

The only power I had in the situation was to control when and how much of the money was transferred into Pete’s account. All of it went in… at least everything but GoFundMe’s cut of it.

Pete did not pay me so much as a single dollar for helping him with this fundraiser. It was all volunteer on my part.

I wasn’t even the one who started the fundraiser either! The originator transferred it to me, I eventually got Power of Attorney, and wired all of it directly to Pete.

 

SIGNIFICANT RESPONSES

Though these things always happen, the latest attacks have gotten far out of hand.

It is not cool to publicly confront my family and possibly my audience alike with what could be legally construed as terror threats.

The entire hotel was on super-high alert after seeing the evidence, and it escalated all the way up to senior executive management.

If the people who did this are unaware of why this is so serious, they obviously haven’t gone back and studied their own words carefully enough.

 

JUST TO GIVE A SENSE OF THIS THING….

We had thirty staff on high alert, two armed hotel guards on call, local police on call, two unarmed private security guards hired by the event in the room, and two big unarmed Samoans as my personal security guards.

Had anyone actually tried to deliver on the physical threats, we may well have had a repeat performance of the Internet classic, “Don’t Tase Me, Bro!”

I still chose to get up on stage for six different events over a total of thirteen hours, despite unprecedented threats to my wife and to me alike.

Not only that, but I decided to completely re-work all of my talks at the last minute to drop a MOAB on the “Partial Disclosure” UFO agenda.

When all other content is being aggressively stripped clean from social media and YouTube, and one narrative is pushed by a bunch of CIA guys, you do the math.

 

GETTING BACK ON THE HORSE

These threats may become a far bigger story in coming months, and I can say no more about them at this time. We made the best of a ridiculously bad situation.

The organizer of the event was surprised when I was about to get on stage in front of 1200 people and was not smiling or visibly excited.

Why? Because I had no idea what I was getting myself into every time I went up on that stage.

And I did get heckled by one person during my panel, who then left the room after security approached.

I still delivered a quality presentation when I went up there, but enough is enough. Serious lines have been crossed.

I have now finally recovered enough from physical and emotional stress to “get back on the horse” and continue doing this work without fear.

Any events I do from now on will be far more structured, prepared and equipped to prevent any threats of this nature from materializing.

 

A FEW FAREWELL BROADCASTS BEFORE THE “THIRD ACT” OF THE SCRIPT

We just got our YouTube live-streaming capability back a couple of weeks ago.

I wanted to write up this important article before doing anything else, as my life had gotten so crazy that I haven’t written a piece like this since last October.

I will probably do a few live broadcasts in the midst of this All is Lost point before we head into the all-important Global Third Act.

It seems very likely, almost inevitable, that I will either get permanently demonetized or deleted just for speaking, regardless of what I say when I go live.

This is the “new normal” of public life on YouTube.

That’s how bad it has gotten — particularly if you dare to talk about anything other than the ‘approved’ political storyline.

I will at least make it difficult for them to find anything actually real to complain about, and we will back it all up as we go.

 

HERE’S THE LIKELY REASON WHY ALL HELL BROKE LOOSE

Our own unique All is Lost point, at least with YouTube, began after I mentioned the number of videos with my name in the title during a live video on February 16th, 2019.

This was only a week after my live-streaming debut on February the 9th.

The video count was worked into a live broadcast at the last minute, with no telegraphing in advance over the phone or otherwise.

This gigantic number may have been the one and only positive gift I ever received from the Teddy Bear’s horrific legacy.

The numbers went from 5.15 million up to 5.98 million unique videos with my name in the title, over just a three-day period:

 

February 12th, 2019

 

February 14th, 2019

 

February 15th, 2019

 

By comparison, the number of videos with “Hillary Clinton” in the title during the same timeframe was half as much, at only 2.9 million:

 

February 19th, 2019

 

If this was being done by a Teddy Bear-style mass re-uploading effort, it was truly prodigious… in fact utterly astonishing.

And whoever was doing this against me, if it was indeed an organized attack, did not see any need to boost Hillary the same way.

I assume this would require a massive arsenal of ‘drone’ computers just to handle all the uploading and processing.

I knew it might piss some people off to point out this gigantic and provocative number… obviously.

I was completely floored by the data myself. I kept checking and checking in disbelief.

I certainly have never run for an election, nor had even a fraction of a percentage of the marketing money or mainstream publicity behind me as Hillary has.

Yet, there it was!

 

720 K IN ONE DAY?

I am sure that many of these videos were made by real people, but certainly a healthy number of them were automated re-uploads.

That helps to explain the sudden appearance of 720 thousand more videos in one day… between February 14th and 15th, as you can see here again:

 

February 14th, 2019

 

February 15th, 2019

 

That’s 30,000 videos an hour, 500 videos per minute, 8.3 new videos being uploaded per second.

This “Grand Washout Attempt” also happened right after I had just debuted my new live-streaming setup the week before.

Coincidence? Or was someone feverishly trying to water me down and prevent my audience from finding my new stuff?

And were certain individuals actually terrified by what I might say in those live broadcasts, including from unique insider briefings I have received?

I mentioned in the livestream that YouTube is a totally alternate universe.

Celebrities can pop up who no one outside of that platform has ever even heard of. And despite the popularity of Ancient Aliens, that is largely where I fit in.

 

THERE ARE NOT VERY MANY

I did a comprehensive study of every celebrity list I could find, and found that there were only perhaps 40 names with more than 5.9 million videos on YouTube, at the most.

They are almost all pop stars, movie stars or celebrity athletes, along with certain major YouTube talents. I have pictures of all the results that I may use in a later published report.

Here is a look at the first two pages of the study, as I grabbed pictures of many different names in a sweeping effort:

 

 

 

Will Smith was way above everyone else, definitely number one in the world, fluctuating between 140 and 254 million unique videos:

 

 

Ironically, Will Smith’s success was launched by being one of the only “Happy Rappers” to ever be allowed any publicity by the industry, pre-1991.

My own YouTube channel still only has 31 videos since its inauguration nine years ago — an average of 3.4 videos a year.

The sheer number of videos that had my name in the title was utterly astonishing to me and to my colleagues alike.

I had at least five different top executives from non-Deep State media companies, including people from The Orchard who distributed our film Above Majestic, studying this data for themselves.

This was all happening as we were shopping for new deals — and everyone was very impressed. I showed them what to type in and they did it on their own.

It does look like we should have some favorable announcements to make on the media front fairly soon. We will find a safe and viable platform for all aspects of this content.

I certainly cannot trust YouTube as a platform. At this point I can’t even trust them to take out the garbage.

 

TRULY REMARKABLE

It was truly remarkable during those few days to type my name in and see it consistently clearing 5.2 million unique videos or more.

Even if most of it was the Teddy Bear legacy, this was still a very physical thing. The number was there. It was real.

It represented an enormous amount of “engagement” surrounding my name, and there were only about 40 others who had moved beyond this level on Earth.

During this same few days, I admittedly got “hung up” on it, and did a massive analysis of how this related to many other metrics.

I typed in names of other UFO and alternative personalities I could think of, and the numbers were dramatically lower in almost every case:

 

 

The only other name in our community that had beaten these numbers was the ever-controversial and seemingly far more recognizable Alex Jones.

 

I DON’T KNOW HOW IT HAPPENED, BUT IT DID….

Even the least popular of the videos with my name in the title would often score at least 100 hits, and many were pulling five or six figures apiece.

This definitely helps to explain why I am recognized just about any time I leave the house to go anywhere these days.

I do try to give everyone a selfie opportunity and a bit of conversation unless I am in an important phone call, a private meeting, or otherwise in a rush.

Just in the last couple of months, three different people I never met before have sobbed in my arms for three to five minutes at a time.

It is not uncommon for me to hear that my work has prevented someone from killing themselves. I take that responsibility seriously.

That being said, there is no ‘cult’ whatsoever. I have very few acquaintances apart from my family, manager and immediate creative team.

 

MANY OTHER CELEBRITY NAMES HAD NOT HIT THESE NUMBERS

I also dug up many other traditional big celebrity names that had far fewer than five million videos on YouTube.

I may present them all in another analysis as time goes on. I did photograph everything.

Here are two noteworthy examples:

 

 

This data clearly seems to show that as a result of their marriage, they are now almost always mentioned together.

 

OTHER NOTEWORTHY NAMES

Then you have certain YouTube talents who have enormous “engagement” well beyond my own, without any mainstream PR at all.

These are the two biggest I could find:

 

 

I also did a run-down of various political figures to get a sense of scale:

 

 

 

I FIGURED SOMETHING WAS GOING TO HAPPEN….

Again, I knew it was a brazen act of defiance against the Deep State to point out that a “nobody” like me had doubled Hillary on YouTube engagement.

I may have been using the Deep State’s own digital handiwork against them, while they tried to wash out the debut of my livestream. Either way, it was powerful stuff.

I spent a long time thinking about whether I wanted to “go there” or not. In the final analysis I felt it had to be done, as it was noteworthy information to present.

And now for the punch line, in case you didn’t already see this in my videos:

The Deep State’s “problem” of my mega-popularity was quickly “fixed,” within three days after I pointed it out.

[It could have been ‘solved’ even faster than in three days. This was the first time I had checked it since the show.]

The number of videos with my name in the title had suddenly been adjusted down… by a whopping 5.75 million:

 

February 19th, 2019

 

I talked to the head of my creator network about this, as he exclusively deals in the conspiracy genre.

He said that he had never seen or heard of anything like this. In fact, until this happened, he would never have believed it was even possible.

This is clearly Deep State-level stuff. It’s just too big, too fast, too wild to even believe, and yet it actually happened.

Videos don’t just disappear this fast. It’s crazy.

Craziest of all, if they can do this, on such short notice, that means they can do anything:

Reduce view counts, eliminate subscribers, turn off Notifications, demonetize, shadow-ban, deepfake, you name it…

And then, just over a month later, the entire platform was converted into a 7-Eleven for mainstream media finger-food and fizzy drinks. My betrayal was just the first shot fired.

EVERYONE uploading to YouTube has now been betrayed in a similar type of fashion as what had happened to me a bit earlier.

 

ROUND TWO….

Eleven days after this stunning and spontaneous ‘nuclear’ attack against 5.75 million videos with my name in them, we got Round Two.

My channel was hit with a copyright strike that led to the immediate destruction of all live-streaming capability.

This occurred very soon after I promoted what appeared to be an exciting new insider breakthrough for Disclosure.

The person who did this had my number, but never called to warn me or ask me to take the video down, which I would gladly have done.

I do not believe in infighting, harassment, character attacks or otherwise, and always strive for the most peaceful solution to a problem.

For this same reason, I have decided to withhold a large amount of significant and publicly unknown information relevant to this case that could easily sway a jury.

Just as it says in Corey’s Public Statement, we really do need to stop all the infighting. I am choosing to take those steps myself by letting all of this go, despite the reputation damage that was done.

 

WE GOT NOWHERE

It is important for everyone to know that we did offer a full gamut of five different generous remedies, through trusted mutual intermediaries.

According to my network, this went well beyond anything that might have been awarded had we actually lost a lawsuit, which was extremely unlikely.

All five of those offers were rejected. The channel stayed down for the entire three months. No recourse.

That being said, I still support this person and their contributions to the field, and wish this person no harm.

I was advised that the whole thing was a significant misunderstanding of the actual legal definition of Fair Use.

 

NOT A VIOLATION

Again, as I said before, five different legal teams confirmed that what I had done was not a copyright violation.

You must secure written permission to use images on cable or network TV, or in a published book.

However, when it comes to any type of streaming online videos, the legal teams told me that images can be featured under Fair Use.

It is entirely common for people in the UFO community to report upon each others’ work, and to recirculate copywritten images.

Many researchers have used the classic Blue Avian image we developed with Corey Goode, along with many others, in their own reporting.

I encourage this data-sharing of our material, providing that someone isn’t simply re-uploading an entire video I made myself. We are all working together to create Disclosure.

This was a very significant lesson for me, and I will be far more careful from now on in how I report on possibly newsworthy data.

 

ROUND THREE….

We continued trying various strategies to save the channel throughout the entire three months, which led right up to the big weekend at Contact in the Desert.

During this time, a new wave of highly upsetting public attacks began in early May.

Again, there is a huge story behind all of this that we will not be sharing, in order to reduce infighting and drama, and because it is still a serious issue.

This led to very public and surprisingly sarcastic and malicious threats to our physical safety at Contact in the Desert, which were witnessed by thousands.

We considered completely pulling out of the event, but did not want to betray all of you who had paid to come and see us speak.

Again, we are going to be far more careful in the future with events. We will ensure that we have adequate security in every situation for your safety, just in case.

Anyone making public threats of violence against us will be escorted off of the conference grounds by security or police.

 

EVEN MORE VIDEOS TAKEN DOWN SINCE FEBRUARY

Additional “cleansing” within the cyber-verse has further driven down the number of videos with my name in the title as of today’s date, June 21st. Look at this:

 

June 21st, 2019

 

If they keep working hard enough, soon there won’t be any “David Wilcock” videos left at all. Nor anyone else you might want to watch.

Undoubtedly, tens if not hundreds of thousands of videos from real creators reporting on my work have now been sanitized.

The number of losses here obviously cannot all be from “Teddy Bear” re-uploaded videos.

Friends of mine who had vast playlists of incisive videos exposing the Deep State have indicated that every last one of them has now disappeared.

 

THE BIG QUESTION

Now as we head into Section Three, we will start to address the big question in more detail:

Why in the world would YouTube destroy its own platform, and enrage its entire user base to the boiling point?

WHAT IF… someone is expecting a massive ‘Data Dump’ of new intel that is so game-changing that every YouTuber in the Known Cyberverse will not only want to, but NEED to report on it?

This, my friends, is the coming DECLAS. Things are getting very interesting now as we head into the Apex Event Sequence.

How could the Deep State prepare for this? How do you stop a spontaneous internet revolution?

Can you use a beach umbrella to shield an avalanche?

What if you rig up the entire YouTube system as a whole to only feature “Trusted” sources… who will push bread and circuses as the entire amazing story unfolds?

Do you see it now?

 

CLICK HERE TO CONTINUE TO SECTION THREE: THE BIG TWIST

 

SECTION THREE: THE BIG TWIST

 

ON THE WRONG SIDE OF THE “BIG TWIST”

Let’s get back to the fact that YouTube just pulled a global stunt, equivalent to suddenly killing rock and roll in the height of the 1970s.

Millions of YouTube creators have been suddenly treated like gutter trash — decirculated, demonetized and deplatformed.

It is no longer a fair competition. You cannot “go viral” unless you are already mainstream media, enjoying this unfair advantage.

The same financiers own the mainstream media and social media giants. They finally decided to consolidate their businesses.

This has created a massive All is Lost point for an entire generation… the seeming death of their main artistic and creative inspiration and outlet.

 

THE SHOCKING BETRAYAL IS REVEALED

When we get back to the dynamics of storytelling and the Hero’s Journey, sometimes the All is Lost point is immediately preceded by a shocking betrayal.

Every good book, TV series or movie in the spy, thriller or mystery genres relies upon a “Big Twist” in the plot.

The Big Twist is what really makes things exciting and generates the All is Lost point.

It’s all about a seemingly decent character suddenly being unveiled as the embodiment of pure evil.

 

 

You, as the viewer, are trying to figure out who the villain is.

You take the clues the movie is giving you, study them carefully, and still hope to be surprised by the Big Twist.

Then you find out…. oh my God, it’s THAT DUDE! 

Or in the case of the super-disappointing and “unearned” Illuminati switcheroo ending for Game of Thrones,

“Really? It’s HER?” 

This was a sickening betrayal to all the men and women who had identified with Danerys, and liked her as a powerful female character with her impressive dragons.

 

5/13: Top Game of Thrones Character Turns To Genocidal Evil in Series Conclusion
http://digg.com/2019/game-of-thrones-the-bells-daenerys-review

While there were many unexpected moments on the show last night… the episode’s biggest WTF moment came when Daenerys decided to unleash the fiery wrath of Drogon on King’s Landing, killing millions of  people in the process.

[This was] despite the fact that the city’s residents had already surrounded and rung the bells, the namesake of the episode, to signal their capitulation….

Most grievances towards Dany’s actions in “The Bells” is less about the showrunners turning Daenerys into a mad queen and more about how said transformation feels abrupt and unearned….

[USA Today]

It’s one thing to be ruthless, as Daenerys has always been; it’s another to be truly cruel and evil. Daenerys’s actions in “The Bells” were the latter.

She instigated a completely unnecessary mass killing, a vicious act that is entirely outside her established character.

 

NO ONE WAS HAPPY ABOUT THIS

This is typical Deep State / Cabal / Illuminati psy-op nonsense. The actress playing Danerys herself had no idea in advance that her character was going to turn into pure evil at the very end.

Therefore, any of the normal “tells,” nuances and clues that she would have built into her performance, had she known, were simply not there.

Check out this linked video of how awkward the various actors were in the show when asked about the ending:

Three-Minute Supercut of GOT Cast Pretending Not to Be Disappointed By How the Show Ends (Highly Awkward)
http://digg.com/video/game-of-thrones-disappointing

 

 

The “Big Twist” had no real foreshadowing. The Deep State just once again tried to force-feed a very sick teaching into its audience.

The same message was conveyed once again: Human beings are rotten and despicable creatures, and “Betrayal is the first rule of the Order.”

Considering that these producers who just sucker-punched the world are also serving up the next two Star Wars films, we shouldn’t expect satisfaction.

 

ECONOMY OF CHARACTERS

In screenwriting, there is something called “The Law of Economy of Characters.”

This means that the betrayer in the Big Twist is someone you will have met from the very beginning of the movie or series.

Once you understand this and begin applying it to all works in this genre, it becomes much easier to see the Big Twist coming.

In many of these setups, the villain appears to be helping out the very groups who were working to expose their crimes.

As a planet, we have just hit the Big Twist with what YouTube has done.

The betrayer appears to be YouTube, but is really the Big Four — and behind them is the Deep State / Cabal / Illuminati.

A company we thought we knew and loved has just been unmasked, revealing a frighteningly diabolical character change.

 

THE BIG TWIST HAS NOW OCCURRED

We haven’t seen the third act yet, where the solution presents itself… but the Twist has now occurred.

The newly-unveiled villain has been there with us, side-by-side, since the beginning.

They claimed that they wanted to help us.

They now tell us that certain basic thoughts and statements are “Harmful,” “Dangerous” and “Supremacist.”

Now they have been unmasked. This isn’t about what’s right for us. It’s about raw, naked and absolute power — at all costs.

Though Big Tech is only killing off people’s cyber-identities, this is very much a real war being played out in the cyber-verse.

 

LIVING SINCE THE TIME OF CHRIST ON A QUARTER-MIL A YEAR

Now that the Big Twist has been revealed, everyone is going back and looking more deeply at the heads of these companies.

YouTube’s CEO, Susan Wojcicki, has a net worth of 500 million.

Google CEO Sundar Pichai has a net worth of at least 600 million, and now makes 200 million a year.

That’s $833,000 a day just to show up for work. Hell, I’d get out of bed for that — as early as you need me to.

This is enough money for millennia of living in splendor, if you chose not to use it to help save the world.

For 500M, you could live for five thousand years at a hundred grand of living expenses per year.

A hundred grand a year is considered to be “Upper Class” by US tax standards.

Or, if that salary is still not good enough, you could have been living since the time of Christ on a generous quarter-million bucks a year!

And that’s providing that you didn’t invest a single dollar of the principal balance along the way, or make any other good business decisions.

 

BUT WAIT, THERE’S MORE

Now wait another year, pass Goo and collect 200 million more.

Then circle the board again, hanging in there for one additional year and a half.

Unless Jesus shows up again and sends you to detention and sensitivity training, or the DOJ does its own terrestrial version of the same,

You will now be covered for another 2000 years at the same rate of 250 grand per annum… until the “Jesus Window” opens up again.

Alas, I digress.

3/28: Abigail Disney: What It’s Like to Grow Up With More Money Than You’ll Ever Spend (It Sucks)
https://www.thecut.com/2019/03/abigail-disney-has-more-money-than-shell-ever-spend.html

 

HOW MANY KIDS COULD YOU FEED?

Let’s take the UNICEF guideline of “feed a starving child for 50 cents a day.” That’s $182.50 per kid per year.

That means you could feed two million, seven-hundred-thirty-nine thousand, seven-hundred-twenty-six children for an entire year for 500M.

If Half-Billionaire Guy decided to be cool with stopping at 600 million, and donated just one year of his salary to feeding the hungry, he could feed over a million children for the year.

And there are far more than that who are in need within his own home country.

Does he ever see their faces in his dreams?

[Bear in mind that the Deep State loves to put obvious scapegoats like this out there, while the hidden players are worth vastly, vastly more. It is important not to lose sight of that.]

12/11/18: Google CEO Runs From Alex Jones at Congressional Hearing
https://www.infowars.com/google-ceo-sundar-pichai-runs-from-alex-jones-roger-stone-at-congressional-hearing/

 

IF YOU HAVE ACCESS TO “THAT KIND OF MONEY….”

Once you start thinking about it in those terms, if you have access to “that kind of money,” there is a clear and undeniable moral and ethical obligation to try to improve life on Earth.

If I was ever put in charge of a fund of that size, I would immediately begin hiring experts to help determine how it could be used for the greatest overall good.

A very important element would be to genuinely treat the root causes of the problems we face… to maximize the quality of life for as many as possible.

Very basic things like clean and free energy, mitigating the garbage crisis and enhancing the availability of drinkable water and quality food would be paramount.

 

THE TECH ALREADY EXISTS

I have already put my hands on a garbage technology that can process 1000 tons of MSW (municipal solid waste) per day.

It costs 3 million US per unit, fits in an 18-wheeler-sized truck body, has zero emissions, and pays for itself within 3 years.

This baby is on the short, short list as a funding priority. No question. We are way past the point of needing this.

Everything becomes recyclable. The only byproducts are usable bio-fuel and distilled water… and the machine generates far more fuel than it takes to run.

If you stop and think for a minute, that excess of generated fuel means it is a de-facto free-energy device.

It can be tooled to process car tires, animal waste, ocean plastic, you name it… everything except for explosives and radioactives [at present.]

 

 

This picture is just a small section of the whole machine, and once we are in the right place we will have far more to say on this.

The inventor has a very interesting history. My wife and I have toured the facilities, seen the device, watched the videos and surveyed the printed materials.

Until this is fully funded for mass production, these guys may be at risk. Plus there are the inevitable hecklers who want to aggressively harass any and all of my associates.

The main system it uses is induction technology… the same thing that the coolest modern stoves are using for very fast electric cooking.

I admit that neither Elizabeth nor I were brave enough to drink the glass of distilled water that was made from old car tires, though.

This technology also makes it possible to build completely self-sustaining communities, which is another huge plus… wherever here, there, on-planet or off-planet you want to go.

 

HOW MANY UNITS WOULD IT TAKE TO CLEAN UP THE GARBAGE?

America produced 262.4 million tons of MSW in 2015. That’s 718,904 tons of garbage a day, or about 4.4 pounds per person.

At maximum efficiency, America could have ZERO net garbage output with only 719 of these units running full time.

What does that mean, exactly?

For as little as 2.15 billion dollars, (probably 3 since full efficiency is impossible,) America’s garbage crisis could be GONE…. in a YEAR.

Best of all, if you style it as an investment, you get all that money back within three years… and then it’s Trash to Cash!

Plant owners would start COMPETING for who gets the trash… because it saves them a fortune in fuel costs once the machines are paid off, and it’s free!

Instead of paying for trash pickup, you’ll have companies fighting over who can pay you the most to take it off your hands.

Perhaps Google founder and Alphabet CEO Larry Page could kick loose, let’s see…. 1/25th of his net worth, and give something back to the country that made him impossibly rich….

 

 

You want to clean up the trash?

If you let people exercise freedom of speech on social media, the extra ad revenue should be more than enough to solve the garbage crisis alone.

Here’s another sobering statistic: you could feed every single starving person on Earth for 30 billion dollars a year.

Larry or Sergey could feed everyone on Earth for a year and a half, and still have a staggering five billion dollars left to spare.

Five billion is still enough for twenty thousand years of affluent living at 250 grand per year. That should do it!

 

THERE IS NO GLOW

You could sit down with Larry or Sergey and there is no glow coming off of their bodies. They are just as real and human as anyone else.

That begs the question:

Why is it always “Someone else will do it!”

Who, exactly? Superheroes?

These problems are solvable. The reason nothing ever gets done is we have a “Deep State” / Cabal with fantastic power, and which actively works towards mass depopulation.

Thankfully, some billionaires are doing genuine philanthropic work to help humanity. Here is an uplifting, if not tear-jerking example:

5/20: Billionaire Pays Off Entire Graduating Class’s Student Loan Debts (Video)
http://digg.com/2019/morehouse-loans-reaction

 

IF EVERYONE HAS A VIDEO CAMERA, THEN EVIL CANNOT FLOURISH

Though it may sound silly at first, once you get the basics of food, water, shelter and sanitation nailed down, a good next step would be to get everyone on earth an affordable smartphone.

Why?

You now have the potential for mass literacy and education. You open up incredible new opportunities for billions of people.

They can learn a language, study medicine, engineering or law… you name it. With education comes the opportunity to elevate themselves out of poverty and join the workforce with new skills.

You also greatly reduce the likelihood of corrupt governments engaging in atrocities — since anyone can film and upload events as they happen.

Evil thrives in darkness. In a full-smartphone world, no one will be able to get away with atrocities for any length of time.

I would like to think that most of us would feel compelled to think in similar ways if we got to manage a fund of this size.

You can only have so much “stuff,” and these CEO salaries are vastly beyond that level.

So few people have “this kind of money” that LA has a glut of unsellable mansions at a ‘mere’ 20 million and up.

 

YOU GUYS ARE A TECH COMPANY

Let’s face it. “Alphabet” is just a tech company. Granted, you guys have been unusually successful at playing the game, but still.

A tech company is not a government. Its executives and board members are not elected by the public.

You work for us by providing a public service that our elected government is supposed to regulate, to keep everything fair and equitable.

No matter how amazing it may all feel in the boardroom chatter, you guys need to look beyond your own corporate culture.

Never before in history have we seen a company go this far in declaring itself an unelected “government within a government.”

A tech company like this is supposed to be publicly regulated, subject to the oversight of the country it operates from within.

This is definitely not happening.

 

ANYTHING THEY WANT

‘Alphabet’ — you know, like the CIA and other such agencies — just does anything they want.

Few of us are even lucky enough to get a split-second of a real person’s time in response.

When you destroy the meager incomes of millions of people with a cover story so thinly veiled as to fool no one, as we will discuss, there is sure to be a massive backlash.

How will this sudden sucker-punch to the world look in six months? A year? Five years? A hundred years?

It’s quite the historic, “game-changer” event in many ways.

6/20: Senator Calls For YouTube, Twitter to Lose Immunity if Politically Biased
https://www.insurancejournal.com/news/national/2019/06/20/529926.htm

 

INFLUENCER MARKETING

YouTube appears to have been destroyed by its masters for political reasons… in a brazen public attempt to influence the next US election.

It also appears they are desperately hoping to reduce the damage from an anticipated DECLAS data dump of megalithic proportions.

It is as simple as that. The greatest honey-trap in human history. Lure ’em all in, make ’em comfortable, and then….. ha ha ha ha ha haaaa!!!!!

Anyone trying to establish a following in alternative journalism on YouTube is now facing nearly impossible odds. The entire community has now been buried alive.

Fun fact: last August, it was revealed that 96 percent of Google search results for ‘Trump’ are from liberal (mainstream) media sources.

If you hate Trump, you may feel like this is A-OK. Cool. No problem. Get that son-of-a!

However, what YouTube has just done is far, far worse than rigging the search-engine slot machines.

 

SEEK AND DESTROY

If you do not fall in line with exactly what the mainstream media wants to program us to think, you are now engaging in “hate speech.”

You are furthermore subject to permanent demonetization or actual deletion of your channel for simply having an opinion that the Secret Masters do not consent to.

This just happened in the last two weeks. We will discuss the specifics in a minute. The event was called Vox Adpocalypse.

This was far worse than the initial mainstreaming of YouTube into PooTube in late March / early April.

Now instead of just being ‘shadowbanned’ and getting lower viewer counts and revenue, you are literally on death row in the cyber-verse for talking politics.

 

I WOULD STILL CUT ‘DUBYA’ SOME SLACK… IT’S CALLED ‘FREEDOM’

Let me put it this way:

I absolutely HATED the fact that George W. Bush was president. I knew all about his oily, Deep State family lineage and learned of new outrages on a daily basis from alternative media.

However, if a small group of private corporations had made it completely IMPOSSIBLE for anyone to speak kindly of the man running our country, for better or for worse….

I would have been VERY DEEPLY CONCERNED. And I would have publicly defended their freedom to high-five each other about ‘Dubya.’

I did feel that the Bush cartel had fooled millions of people through playing on hot-button political issues.

Either way, I never felt threatened by pro-Bush media. Let ’em have their echo chamber!

Sound off. Have fun. Go Bush! Life goes on. Whatever.

 

BEFORE WE GO ON….

Okay. We made it this far. You’re still here. You see where this may be going. Before we go on any further, I would ask you to please:

Stop

Take a breath

Open your mind

Do your best to step away from the constant media-saturated “outrage machine” for just a moment, and:

Be willing to consider additional information that may be unfamiliar and/or initially unpalatable to you.

Think about other times in your life where you thought you knew exactly what was going on, only to be completely blown away by new information.

That appears to be an incoming experience that will be arriving, like it or not, over the next few months — for the entire world.

“THE PLAN” will move forward, regardless of the titanic attempts now being made to censor information.

 

THE “FORBIDDEN STORY”

There is an incredible, world-changing story going on here that you are simply never going to hear from the “Approved” sources.

If you have a programmed emotional response as soon as you encounter this story, you may be blinded from seeing a vast amount of hidden and exciting truth.

You may find yourself grasping at straws to try to disprove the story if your emotions are too bruised to study it objectively.

 

ALMOST UNILATERAL SUPPORT

When this story was presented to an audience of 1200 people at Contact in the Desert, there was almost unilateral support.

Only one man raised his hand when asked if anyone was feeling uncomfortable.

Shortly afterwards, one woman began heckling and then quickly left the room.

Other than those two people, this huge audience was roaring with enthusiasm and support for the “Forbidden Story.”

Nonetheless, the entire mainstream and social media apparatus is doing everything it possibly can to try to prevent you from hearing the Story, or even being aware that it exists.

If you have lived your life through the eyes of these old-school “opinion makers,” the reaction of that huge conference audience would have totally shocked you.

 

A MASSIVE ESCALATION

Before we get into the Story, let’s talk a bit more about how you are being prevented from hearing it by the Powers that Were.

Our YouTube videos are on an ad network with 60 different content creators who engage in alternative journalism.

On the very day that the #VoxAdpocalypse articles hit the media on June 5th, eight out of 60 of the channels on this network were permanently demonetized. Just like that.

That means they still have their channels, but can never again make any money from them through any means, including Super-Chat donations.

This is a wildly unacceptable escalation within the war. Up until now, individual videos might get demonetized, but rarely, if ever an entire channel.

From a mind-control perspective, note that YouTube’s own word ‘demonetized’ is very close to the word ‘demonized.’

This is similar to how poor people were called ‘villeins’ in the Middle Ages, beginning in the 14th century.

 

ONE ‘MISTAKE’ AWAY FROM UBER-VILLE

Anyone who was ekeing out a living as an independent reporter on YouTube is now one ‘mistake’ away from Uber driving.

They are additionally being “shadowbanned,” so none of their audience will ever find them unless they manually type in the name.

1/25: YouTube Will “Shadow Ban” Conspiracy Videos
https://www.theverge.com/2019/1/25/18197301/youtube-algorithm-conspiracy-theories-misinformation

 

Even if you hit Subscribe and click the Notifications bell, many viewers are complaining that they still see nothing when new content arises.

 

GET CAUGHT UP

Below are some catch-up articles if you are unfamiliar with #VoxAdpocalypse.

I do not support infighting or attacking anyone regardless of race, color, creed, sexual orientation and the like. That’s the “hot button” on this issue.

Either way, this whole thing absolutely looks like a setup, executed with the speed and precision of a master con artist playing the “shell game.”

Sell it to people as combating “hate” and “supremacy,” but then in the process, just mow down any and all, ahem, “Harmful” discussions that scare you and your buddies.

If you read these next articles, it will become very clear that Big Tech is doing whatever it can to sway the next election:

 

6/5: YT To Ban “Hateful” and “Supremacist” Videos [Translation: Anyone Questioning the Deep State]
https://news.yahoo.com/youtube-ban-hateful-supremacist-videos-170733974.html

6/5: YT To Delete THOUSANDS More Conspiracy Channels
https://www.independent.co.uk/life-style/gadgets-and-tech/news/youtube-supremacists-conspiracy-theory-accounts-delete-channels-users-a8945851.html?fbclid=IwAR2uQW5z632iFaIBXWmH3upvIhIvMQm7JnFhzVaUPedVymIH5vxZAwwE-es

YouTube will delete thousands of accounts after banning “supremacists”, conspiracy theorists and other harmful accounts, it has claimed.

The decision was made after an in-depth review of its rules on hateful content, YouTube said.

While it has always banned hate content in general, the site has allowed some specific kinds of harmful videos – such as those promoting Nazi ideology or claiming 9/11 did not happen – to continue being hosted on the site.

Those videos, as well as other kinds of “supremacist” content, will now be officially banned.

 

6/24: Hidden Cam Footage Reveals Google Exec’s Plan to Prevent “Trump Situation” in 2020
https://kauilapele.wordpress.com/2019/06/24/project-veritas-6-24-19-insider-blows-whistle-exec-reveals-google-plan-to-prevent-trump-situation-in-2020-on-hidden-cam/

Project Veritas has released a new report on Google which includes undercover video of a Senior Google Executive, leaked documents, and testimony from a Google insider.

The report appears to show Google’s plans to affect the outcome of the 2020 elections and “prevent” the next “Trump situation.”…

When I returned home I found it had been removed from YouTube…

Fortunately, I was able to isolate a direct link to download an MP4 version of the video (69MB, 25 minutes), should any wish to do so (remember that it is the property of Project Veritas and should be treated as such) (alternate download link).

 

UPDATE: 6/25: Execs Go Into Hiding After Election Tampering Hidden Cam Scandal
https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/06/google-executives-go-into-hiding-and-delete-their-social-media-accounts-after-james-okeefes-latest-expose/

 

A PREMEDITATED EFFORT

No further channels on my particular network were demonetized after the initial eight were finished off on the very first day of #VoxAdpocalypse.

Up until now.

This very much suggests that a premeditated effort was made, and the intended targets had already been mapped out well in advance.

Kill ’em all.

Next step. Next step. Next step. Next step. Keep pruning it back as fast as you can. Eliminate all dissenting thoughts.

The apparent causes of #VoxAdpocalypse were just a politically useful moment that allowed a pre-planned agenda to move forward.

 

 

SIMPLY TALKING IS NOW CONSIDERED “HATE SPEECH”

Now, anyone who dares to talk about the current administration is engaging in “hate speech,” “white supremacy” and yes, even “homophobia”….

Unless, of course, you are engaging in hate speech against the administration.

In that case, you are attacking the “Approved” target, and will feel like you have the full support of the Machine behind you.

Turn on the TV, crest the wave and feel like all is right in the world. Let ’em keep you in a comforting state of constant outrage.

If you do truly hate the “Approved” target, you may initially feel perfectly fine about everything that you see happening right now.

I get it. The president has a big mouth. He routinely pisses people off. Certain policy decisions are indeed an outrage. I will gladly admit that.

Either way, this hyper-coordinated attack is an insult to democracy, free speech, and the values, morals and ethics that we have been taught to live by.

 

WITHIN THE FORBIDDEN STORY….

Within the Forbidden Story is a very interesting perspective that should have everyone excited, even if they can’t stand the President.

Nothing is black or white in this world.

Therefore it is ridiculous to accept the spoon-fed mass-media nonsense that we are in a 100-percent negative situation right now.

There is a far more interesting story going on, but you will only hear about it by participating online. Never on television.

The Rockefeller-Versus-Rothschild Illuminati War has been going on for well over a century now, and possibly for millennia based on certain new briefings.

However….

 

YOU MUST NEVER BREAK THE KAYFABE!

These two factions are happy to duke it out, fight to the death, and have what they think of as a “Sexy” battle for who gets to dominate the Earth.

However, there is one rule above all others in this battle: NEVER, EVER, EVER LET THE PUBLIC KNOW WHAT IS REALLY GOING ON.

The factions may hate each other and routinely murder each other, but everyone knows it’s Game Over if the public finds out who they really are… and what they really are doing.

If the Alliance is real — and it most definitely is — once they spill the beans in DECLAS, that’s it. Game over.

This can never happen again.

Top perpetrators would gladly accept prison to avoid the torches and pitchforks of angry masses. It really could get that bad.

 

AND DID YOU HEAR THE ONE ABOUT CNN….

CNN proved themselves to be unbelievably sore losers in this Shadow World War III when they made an astonishingly direct, public death threat against the President of the United States.

YES. This is not a joke, nor a misinterpretation.

It was thinly-veiled enough to potentially invoke “Plausible Deniability,” as in “Oh no, we didn’t REALLY MEAN TO IMPLY….”

And yet that’s exactly what they did. Take a look and see for yourself.

And as you look at this, remember that much of YouTube has now been converted to force-feed you content from these same MSM networks.

 

LIKE BEING HELD CAPTIVE

It began when CNN described a ride inside the current Air Force One as “Like Being Held Captive.”

In the accompanying article, they used a picture of JFK coming out of his plane… less than an hour before he was assassinated.

Certainly you recognize Jackie’s pink outfit, right?

This is an incredibly brazen move, which again shows a state of complete desperation:

 

5/24: CNN Uses JFK Pic from Day of Assassination to Describe Trump’s AF1
https://edition.cnn.com/2019/05/24/politics/donald-trump-air-force-one-travel-foreign-trips

 

And did you see “News and Buzz?” Trump’s Latest Twitter Tirade and Calls for Impeachment.

Here’s another angle from a second or two later in time. Notice the positions of their hands on the railing, and where they are on the staircase:

 

 

CNN, CIA or whoever you are, this is not f-ing funny. Every single viewer’s subconscious mind has that fuzzy pink outfit forever burned into their neural circuitry.

Techniques like this can be deployed in an attempt to signal vulnerable or otherwise mind-controlled individuals, such as through MKULTRA, to carry out attacks.

Individuals with certain diagnoses could feel like they saw a “Message from God” that no one else noticed, and then imbue it with profound significance that leads to action.

In this case, the headline “It’s Like Being Held Captive” could lead vulnerable individuals to feel as if the country itself is being held captive.

The iconic JFK image then implies the “solution” — if the vulnerable individual decides he needs to be the “hero” in this story and short-circuit the ‘impeachment’ process.

 

SIMPLY DISCUSS “ALEX JONES” AND YOU ARE A GONER

Here’s another one, which is thankfully less serious than an actual implied death threat and incitement of vulnerable individuals.

On May 2nd, 2019, we found out that unprecedented steps were being taken to literally erase all discussion of Alex Jones from the internet’s collective memory.

I get it. A lot of people can’t stand him. You might be one of them. That’s fine. He’s buried up to his eyeballs in lawsuits and they will go on ruining his life for years.

6/19: Two Legal Wins For Sandy Hook Vs. Conspiracy Theorists
https://abcnews.go.com/US/legal-wins-sandy-hook-parents-battles-conspiracy-theorists/story?id=63807215

A judge ruled that Jones is now prohibited from filing motions to dismiss the defamation lawsuits filed against him, the AP said.

 

But whoa-whoa-whoa… is Alex’s big mouth so offensive that you must never suffer the slightest possibility of hearing it ever again?

Are you going to cheer on unelected tech giants who literally want to delete all mention of his existence from the cyber-verse?

4/5: Alex Jones’ Lawyer: If You Want Infowars Silenced, You’re Scarier Than He Is
https://www.courant.com/opinion/op-ed/hc-op-norm-pattis-alex-jones-0406-20190405-howpjy3tq5eqhcvttscjbcawhq-story.html

 

IS IT POSSIBLE… AND IF SO…..

IS IT POSSIBLE…. that Alex maybe-just-maybe is saying stuff that they don’t want you to hear? AND IF SO…..

What if you actually try to attack Alex but OOPS, the AI algorithm thinks you like him — and dutifully kills off your cyber-identity?

Aren’t you cool enough to make up your own mind, laugh a little if you stumble over that barking face, and click on to something else?

How in the hell can they be so public about this? Are we really that numbed out?

 

5/2: Link-Banning is FB’s Terrifying New Censorship Tool
https://www.breitbart.com/tech/2019/05/02/bokhari-link-banning-is-facebooks-terrifying-new-censorship-tool/

Not only has Alex Jones’ personal account now been banned from Facebook, in addition to PrisonPlanet editor-in-chief and YouTube star Paul Joseph Watson, but all links to Infowars sites are now banned across the platform.

Share Infowars too often, and you’ll be banned too.

 

Via The Atlantic:

Infowars is subject to the strictest ban. Facebook and Instagram will remove any content containing Infowars videos, radio segments, or articles (unless the post is explicitly condemning the content),

and Facebook will also remove any groups set up to share Infowars content and events promoting any of the banned extremist figures, according to a company spokesperson. (Twitter, YouTube, and Apple have also banned Jones and Infowars.)

This takes censorship on social media to altogether new levels. If you post Infowars content on Facebook or Facebook-owned Instagram, your post will be removed.

If you post it repeatedly, you will be banned.

 

Note the wording, too — you’ll be banned unless you’re condemning Infowars. 

Facebook is now brazenly using its power to reward certain political positions and punish others.

This isn’t censorship of an individual or a group over a violation of terms of service.

It’s the wholesale ban of an independent media site, which for all the criticism levied against it, has had a major impact on the politics of the United States.

 

PART TWO: FALSELY-PLANTED EVIDENCE

The second part of the likely “one-two punch” was to utterly destroy Jones’ life and reputation with falsely-planted evidence, as this next link from June 14th, 2019 reveals:

6/14: FBI Investigates Child Porn Planted on Alex Jones’ Server
https://www.courant.com/news/connecticut/hc-news-alex-jones-child-porn-investigation-20190614-harulorw5jczzddykmlafzyi5i-story.html

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5d04254a848c210017aafef8

 

This is disturbingly similar to what happened to me with countless numbers of Teddy Bear videos, as we discussed in Section One.

Links to child exploitation sites were hard-burned into stolen videos of mine and re-uploaded, while my own channel suffered a prolonged takedown.

Talk about projection! Who on earth has more consistently spoken out against elite child exploitation than Alex? Seriously.

If you ever watched his shows, then you know he was covering ALL aspects of alternative news on an industrial scale.

And the MSM is treating this fake story as if it must be true.

 

HAD THIS SUCCEEDED….

Had this “planted evidence” plan succeeded, it would have been far more difficult for anyone to stand up in Jones’s defense as his life was destroyed.

If you now try to speak up and help him out on Facebook or Instagram in any way, KABOOM — it’s an instant kill. Who will be next?

Although Alex Jones can be extremely annoying, no one deserves to be framed through such diabolical means.

Lord knows what kind of depraved crap any of us will find if we actually dare to open our Spam folder and take a look in it.

Thankfully, the FBI has his back, and never once considered him to be a suspect in this bizarre case.

Most suspiciously, the people suing him knew exactly where to look for the depraved material that they then “discovered.”

Despite the protests of his attorney, Alex is offering 100K for an arrest and a million more for a conviction if you can crack the case with evidence he will be releasing.

 

THIS IS NOT COOL

Even if you hate the current administration with a passion, and identify with the mass media’s anger and projections, this unprecedented Orwellian mass censorship is still not cool.

Trump may win again. This is a democracy. We need to be OK with that even if we don’t like him.

The values, ethics and morals of American citizens do not comport with lying, cheating and stealing in order to rig an election, as we saw with Watergate.

Only the most diehard Nixon loyalists continued to support him after it was discovered that his team had bugged the opposition’s offices to gather incriminating data that could sway the election.

If an election doesn’t work out the way you want it to, you get involved and work for the outcome you want in the next one.

You might feel that you got stuck with a crappy president for a while, but life goes on — and the system is designed with checks and balances to limit potential damage, within reason.

The system flips back and forth, and no one can expect to be consistently happy with the results, just like no team always wins their games. This is nothing new. It’s always been that way.

 

CHEATING IS NOT WINNING

Big Tech is absolutely and unquestionably attempting to rig the 2020 election against the current sitting US president.

This is called treason. Highly illegal. If you need to cheat to win a race, you don’t deserve the victory.

Once Lance Armstrong was found to be using performance-enhancing drugs, he was no longer seen as the heroic winner of seven different Tour de France bike races.

 

 

The entire spectrum of social media and YouTube video streaming platforms have now been juiced up with performance-enhancing drugs in an attempt to keep the Deep State corpse in the race.

 

 

Nope. Won’t work. Nice try, guys.

 

BEYOND THE POLITICAL ARENA

“Hate Trump, check. Hate Alex Jones, check. C’mon, David, this is a Nothingburger.

“I’m about to click off and drop a nice steaming pile of hate in the comments before I go.”

Hold on. Just wait! The suppression goes far beyond just the political arena. You haven’t seen any of the most powerful stuff yet.

Any and all discussion of the potential hazards of vaccines ……..

Has been completely banned!

Can you be absolutely, positively 100 percent sure that there is nothing to worry about if you or your kids get a vaccine?

Are you so sure of this ‘fact’ that you will allow unelected tech giants to make it impossible for you to make up your own mind?

You don’t need to think. Leave that to the big boys. Sleep… sleep…. sleeeeeeeeeeeee

 

YOU ARE NOT GOING TO BELIEVE THIS

Just like the term “Alex Jones,” if you even dare to say a single word that questions the awesomeness of v@ccines…..

Your cyber-life as you know it may soon be extinguished in the cyber-verse!

Take a look:

5/7: Instagram Will Use AI to Filter Anti-V@x Content
https://www.buzzfeednews.com/article/katienotopoulos/instagram-will-use-ai-to-filter-anti-vax-content

Instagram will roll out new ways to prevent the spread of misinformation about vaccines, including a pop-up warning that appears when you search certain anti-v@x terms.

The feature is still in development, and Instagram’s safety team was not able to share a launch date….

[Facebook owns Instagram, in case you didn’t know.]

 

A flurry of measles outbreaks across the country has raised concerns about v@ccine misinformation, particularly online.

This February, YouTube cracked down and demonetized anti-v@x videos. Shortly after, Amazon removed anti-v@x documentaries from its Prime Video streaming app.

Last month, Facebook said it would bar anti-v@x groups and pages from advertising and ad-targeting topics like “vaccine controversy.”

The changes at Facebook extended to Instagram, which is currently blocking certain hashtags associated with misinformation, like #v@ccinescauseaids.

Instagram doesn’t plan to ban accounts or erase posts that discuss vaccines or anti-v@x ideas [yet].

The plan is to limit the intentional spread of misinformation while highlighting accurate [ahem] v@ccine information.

 

Nonetheless, a whopping 45 percent of Americans doubt their safety:

6/25: Surprising Survey Shows 45% of Americans Doubt the Safety of V@ccines
https://www.studyfinds.org/surprising-survey-shows-45-percent-americans-doubt-safety-vaccines/

 

FOR YOUR SAFETY!

This is the last step before “anti-v@x” becomes “Dangerous and Harmful Content,” and you will no longer be allowed to see or share any of it…

You know, for your safety and whatnot.

Think of it like a v@ccine… similar to the dosages being administered against the infectious thoughts of Alex Jones.

Soon you will be fully immune!

 

 

“He gazed up at the enormous face. Forty years it had taken him to learn what kind of smile was hidden beneath the dark moustache.

O cruel, needless misunderstanding! O stubborn, self-willed exile from the loving breast!

Two gin-scented tears trickled down the sides of his nose. But it was all right, everything was all right, the struggle was finished.

He had won the victory over himself. He loved Big Tech.” — George Orwell, 1984 (with one word updated)

 

HEY, YA LIKE ORGANIC? DUDE, THEY’RE COMING FOR YOU….

Additionally, as we first reported on October 27th, 2018, huge numbers of groups dedicated to healthy eating and organic food are being deplatformed as well.

The list of “purged” social media pages, from July 2018, is 84 long. (This was before a new purge of a staggering 559 additional pages.)

In many cases, these pages had gigantic followings.

We will again just list the first 35, as I did last October, to give you a sense of who the Deep State was targeting.

Most of these pages are about as far left as you could ever want… so this is everyone’s problem:

 

7/3: Facebook Purges Over 80 Accounts in Sweeping Attack on Alternative Media
https://www.activistpost.com/2018/07/facebook-purges-over-80-accounts-in-sweeping-attack-on-the-alternative-media.html

Here’s a list of all the pages I know of which have been deleted or unpublished indefinitely:

1.Collectively Conscious (915K followers) – Deleted on June 13th, 2018. 

2.Natural Cures Not Medicine (2.3M followers) – Deleted on June 11th, 2018. 

3.I Want to Be 100% Organic (700K followers) – Deleted on June 13th, 2018. 

4.Viral Alternative News (500K followers) – Deleted on June 13th, 2018. 

5.Organic Health (230K followers) – Deleted on June 13th, 2018. 

6.Natural Cures From Food (120K followers) – Deleted on June 13th, 2018. 

7.Heart Centered Rebalancing (3.9M followers) – Deleted a few years ago. 

8.Awareness Act (1.1M followers) – Deleted in mid-2017. 

9.Conscious Life News (1.1M followers) – Deleted on June 5th, 2018. 

10.Wake The F— Up (550K followers) – Deleted about a year ago. 

11.Living Traditionally (570K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

12.Organic Wellness (600K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

13.Chocolate Socrates (608K followers) – Deleted on June 13th, 2018. 

14.Earth We Are One (1.7M followers) – Deleted on June 5th, 2018. 

15.Meditation Masters (2.3M followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

16.People’s Awakening (3.6M followers) – Deleted on June 5th, 2018. 

17.Nikola Tesla (1.7M followers) – Deleted on June 5th, 2018. 

18.Interesting Stories (1.5M followers) – Deleted on June 5th, 2018. 

19.The Warrior (1.7M followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

20.Natural Health Warriors (140K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

21.Tech Explorers (270K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

22.Universe Explorers (1.5M followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

23.Area 51 (1.5M followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

24.The Global Meditation (70K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

25.Video Explorers (780K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

26.Spiritualer. Com (80K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

27.Flower of Life (670K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

28.EWAO (30K followers) – Unpublished on June 5th, 2018. 

29.Global Freedom Movement (27K followers) – Deleted on June 19th, 2018. 

30.Health & Alternative Medicine (550K followers) – Deleted on June 13th, 2018. 

31.Pure Nature (1.7M followers) – Deleted on June 3rd, 2018. 

32.Nature Gallery (654K followers) – Deleted on June 3rd, 2018. 

33.Mesmerizing Nature (912K followers) – Deleted on June 3rd, 2018. 

34.Nature’s Touch (150K followers) – Deleted on June 3rd, 2018. 

35.We Really Like Animals (544K) – Deleted on June 20th, 2018.

 

NOW WAIT A MINUTE….

“Well, David, I can’t stand Alex, can’t stand ‘The Don,’ but wow! Organic food? That’s my thing! And vaccines creep me out. What in the f-? WHY in the f-!”

Those are great questions.

And your mission, should you choose to accept it, is to sit back, eat something organic and watch a movie.

The movie is called Secret Ingredients. Their website is https://secretingredientsmovie.com/. It is VERY HIGHLY recommended.

I couldn’t possibly out-do this movie except to throw in some wild global conspiracy s–t at the end to really freak you out even more — and get banned.

Jeffrey Hart and Amy Smith make an incredibly compelling case that it is quite literally LETHAL not to eat organic in this day and age.

 

 

The filmmakers themselves should have been the epitome of health. They were running marathons, were in tremendous athletic shape and were “eating healthy,” including plenty of veggies.

Then they, like many others profiled in the movie, all started dying. Even the dog.

There was no answer. No hope. Mainstream medicine wrote them off. In desperation, they opened up to alternative concepts.

 

THEY ONLY DID ONE THING DIFFERENTLY….

They changed their diets… in one simple way. No other changes were made except that they went strictly, 100-percent organic.

And guess what…. ALL of their health problems “mysteriously” disappeared!

You see person after person telling the same story, crying with relief that they were healed… and shocked about how this could have happened.

The culprit is glyphosate — odorless, colorless, tasteless, absolutely toxic and saturated throughout all conventional foods.

Like all other films in this genre, they walk right up to the line where you could argue that the elite designed it to be this way…. but they never quite say it.

I will tell you this: After seeing the people crying in this movie, you will never want to eat conventional produce again.

Not even once. Not ever.

Then why is Big Tech literally trying to make it impossible for you to survey the evidence about going organic?

Could it be… that they want YOU to die as well? And your wife, your husband, your kids… yes, even your cats and dogs?

 

HUMANS ARE BAD FOR THE ENVIRONMENT?

The Cabal’s directive is “Humans are Bad For The Environment,” and “We Are Saving The Earth By Reducing Its Population.”

I’ve heard this from certain “Illuminati” insiders who did their best to try to sway me to their way of thinking over the years.

I have rejected multiple offers of millions of dollars in bribes, and never accepted any meetings or entanglements whatsoever.

This has angered them greatly.

Excessive and ongoing efforts have been made towards reputation destruction — efforts that have notably worsened lately, requiring action.

The Cabal depopulation “manifesto” has been presented in a variety of their films, such as “The Matrix” and “Batman Begins,” among many others.

Yet, with the forbidden technology they are holding back from us, this planet could comfortably sustain far more people than we have now.

 

THE WEAPONS SYSTEM

Again, the highest-level insiders called this covert poisoning of our food supply the “Weapons System.”

They had utterly perfected it with cigarettes, but then everyone stopped smoking and they had to change lanes.

The goal of these Weapons Systems is NOT an instant kill, contrary to some beliefs.

This is a long-term plan. It is as follows:

Preserve life until 55 years of age as a Productive Worker, and then require pharmaceutical care for as long as possible.

Guess who owns Big Pharma?

The same financiers who control the mainstream media, the music industry, the prison complex, and Big Agriculture.

This is not a ‘conspiracy theory,’ but a provable fact. Just look at the top shareholders.

 

VERTICAL INTEGRATION

Through what they call “Vertical Integration,” the same entities generate money from a variety of industries.

Vertical Integration is also the logical explanation for why YouTube and its apparent mainstream-media competitors have suddenly merged.

It’s the same old thing of “play both sides against the middle,” as the Deep State apparently owned and financed both sides of WWI and WWII.

You feed value into the system as a worker, and get some money in return.

Then you slowly die off once you stop working — and return all the money you earned to the system. Dying is very expensive.

The Weapons System also is designed to create a malaise in the public that leads to them being passive in the face of tyranny.

As an example, the Weapons System is custom-designed to greatly reduce testosterone counts in men for this same reason.

 

THE NEVER LIST

If you want to fully avoid the Weapons System, here are the main NEVERs… and I do very much live by this list as much as possible:

Cigarettes: NEVER

Factory-farmed, non-organic meat: NEVER

Processed / pre-packaged conventional foods: NEVER

Citric Acid as a preservative: NEVER

MSG / Autolyzed / Hydrolyzed / “Natural Flavor” / “Spices”: NEVER

Fluoridated water: NEVER

Conventional sugar / High Fructose Corn Syrup: NEVER

Conventional dairy: NEVER

Wheat, corn and soy: NEVER

Conventional vegetables: NEVER

 

Look, I get it. This is really tough. The world is lined up against you and the organic food is more expensive.

You can never be 100 percent perfect with this diet and it would drive you insane to try. The idea is just to do as much as you can.

And yes, you should check with a good doctor before making any lifestyle changes, for various reasons.

I would argue that the health bills you will pay from being sick may be far more expensive than the extra cost of going organic.

Secret Ingredients should be seen and heard far more than it has been, in my opinion.

“Fed Up” is equally powerful regarding sugar. And Dr. William Davis’ classic book Wheat Belly will scare you away from conventional grains forever.

 

SO NOW THAT WE’VE BEEN THROUGH ALL OF THAT….

None of these amazing movies have pointed out, yet, how the Tech Giants are literally destroying any and all discussion about going organic.

Nor is anyone looking at the sudden revealing of “Vertical Integration” between Big Tech and the Big Five of mainstream media giants and their mutual financiers.

The CEOs are being paid enough to be rich for millennia, and you have to wonder how much they know about all of this.

In the next section you may be quite surprised by the answer that is suggested.

They do not want it to even be possible for you to encounter information that could get you off of the Weapons System.

Katie Couric got betrayed by the System, sent off to the showers soon after she took over as a network anchor for CBS News.

 

 

I believe “Fed Up” is just too good for Couric not to have had some sort of inside knowledge, where she then wanted to get revenge against the System that betrayed her.

It is unbelievable to watch Fed Up and see how sugar is really the worst out of all of the Weapons Systems.

10/13/16: Some Foods May Be As Addictive as Heroin or Cocaine
https://www.forbes.com/sites/quora/2016/10/13/studies-show-that-some-foods-may-be-as-addictive-as-heroin-and-cocaine/#3b5187c95611

The similarities between food and drug addictions are striking.

High-fat, high-calorie foods overload the pleasure centers in the brain, much like cocaine and heroin.

The more we eat these types of foods, the more we crave them to trigger these pleasure centers….

 

Again, they walk right up to the line by showing how conventional fast-food like McDonald’s is systematically infiltrating schools across the country.

Children are becoming morbidly obese and developing Type 2 diabetes at an alarming rate… and conventional sugar is as addictive as heroin or cocaine.

Scientists are hired to continually make these foods even more addictive, and then killed off so they can never reveal what they did.

There are plenty of choices that are far less damaging in health food stores, but again you have to spend more to enjoy them.

With all of this in mind, it should again be very creepy to note that the social-media giants are trying to prevent you from having any access to this information.

Coincidence? Or is it something more?

 

TECHNO-FASCISM

We are seeing a techno-corporate fascism… an unelected and unwanted group of elite censors who have turned public utilities into dictatorships under their complete control.

Unlike the old days, where you rig both sides of an election and get a stuffed shirt in there, these companies have nothing whatsoever to do with government.

They have attempted to shape the nation’s discourse by completely banning our access to entire categories and topics of information.

This now includes the complete blockage of any of the supporters of the political party that opposes them from even being allowed to speak.

 

EXTREMELY TROUBLING

If you have a particular political alignment, and your party attempts to assume complete control over all significant media sources, that should be extremely troubling to you.

If the Democrats had somehow done this to Bush during his administration, successfully, I would have been extremely concerned about that, as I said.

The Secret Powers clearly do not want the population-reducing systems of weaponized corporate food and toxin-tainted vaccines to be exposed for the dangers they present.

They are far too interested in meeting their ‘depopulation’ goals, which they worship just like any other religion.

 

IT’S ALL THE OTHER CRAP THEY’RE PUTTING IN THERE

So why are they also completely carpet-bombing any “Anti-V@x” discussion whatsoever, to get back to that for a minute?

Real vaccines confer immunity just fine. That’s not the issue. It’s all the other crap they’re putting in there that has people so worried.

The Guardian very bravely published a story on January 27th, 2019, with new intel confirming what our insider leaks have said for years… namely implying that AIDS was spread through v@ccines in Africa:

 

1/27: AIDS Deliberately Spread to Depopulate Africa
https://www.theguardian.com/world/2019/jan/27/south-african-intelligence-officers-spread-aids-black-communities

A South Africa-based mercenary group has been accused by one of its former members of trying to intentionally spread Aids in southern Africa in the 1980s and 1990s.

The claims are made by Alexander Jones in a documentary that premieres this weekend at the Sundance film festival.

He says he spent years as an intelligence officer with the South African Institute for Maritime Research (SAIMR), three decades ago, when it was masterminding coups and other violence across Africa.

The film also explores the unexplained murder of a young SAIMR recruit in 1990, whose family believe was killed because of her work on an Aids-related project run by the group in South Africa and Mozambique.

And it also claims the group’s then leader had a racist, apocalyptic obsession with HIV/Aids.

 

Keith Maxwell wrote about a plague he hoped would decimate black populations, cement white rule, and bring back conservative religious mores, according to papers collected by the film-makers.

Maxwell had no medical qualifications but ran clinics in poor, mostly black areas around Johannesburg while claiming to be a doctor.

That gave him the opportunity for sinister experimentation, Jones says in the film, Cold Case Hammarskjöld….

 

 

Documents collected by the film-makers appear to show that Maxwell’s private views were very different from his public persona. The papers suggest a ghoulish delight in the advent of an epidemic.

In one he writes: “[South Africa] may well have one man, one vote with a white majority by the year 2000. Religion in its conservative, traditional form will return.

Abortion on demand, abuse of drugs, and the other excesses of the 1960s, 70s and 80s will have no place in the post-Aids world.”

The papers read like the fever dream of a man who aspired to be South Africa’s Josef Mengele. There are detailed, if sometimes garbled, accounts of how he thought the HIV virus could be isolated, propagated and used to target black Africans.

What is less clear is whether he had the expertise or funds to implement his nightmarish visions.

Jones, the former SAIMR member, claims he did. “We were involved in Mozambique, spreading the Aids virus through medical conditions,” he says.

 

REVEALING THE BIG REVEAL

An IndieWire movie review from January 29th is even more direct in stating the “big reveal” of the film:

https://www.indiewire.com/2019/01/cold-case-hammarskjold-review-sundance-1202039570/

For Brügger [the filmmaker], that crisis is further complicated by the sense that it’s largely of his own making.

[He came to feel] that his funny, persona-driven approach may have been too glib for a story that touches on grave and ghoulish matters like genocide, institutionalized white supremacy, and a “doctor” who deliberately infected black South Africans with AIDS under the guise of offering them cheap v@ccines.

 

In The Film Stage’s review, they point out that the revelations in this documentary are of massive, world-changing significance:

https://thefilmstage.com/reviews/sundance-cold-case-hammarskjold-is-a-jaw-dropping-expose-of-the-horrors-of-colonialism/

Without revealing the specifics of the jaw-dropping revelations in this thoroughly engrossing documentary, if there’s any justice, what is brought to light will cause global attention and a demand for some kind of retribution.

 

ABSOLUTELY NOTHING

I looked for this movie, Cold Case Hammar-Whatever, on Apple, Amazon and Netflix alike. You can probably guess what I found.

Absolutely nothing… except for unrelated TV episodes also called Cold Case.

Not surprisingly, some of the pages for the real Cold Case say they are “Still Looking for Distribution.” We know how THAT goes.

Insiders for many years have said the “medical conditions” referred to in the above AIDS-spreading quote included the World Health Organization’s smallpox v@ccine of 1976.

Trailer #2 for this movie is an absolute must-see, so I am embedding it here. At present it only has 1779 views:

 

 

Despite this trailer coming out four months ago now, the film does not appear to be available anywhere, including on their own site.

On IMDB, it says Cold Case Hammarskjöld will be released on August 16th, 2019. Let’s hope they actually found a distributor and that this film will become available.

It looks and sounds like it will be an utterly world-changing piece of cinema history.

Corey Goode once worked for a pharma company that made v@ccines, as he has said in some of our interviews.

In talking to a v@ccine specialist there, the man told him there is “no way in God’s creation” that he would ever let his kids take them.

 

VERY SUSPICIOUS

So yes… given what we know about the Deep State and their agenda, it is again very suspicious that they want to strictly ban all mention of “Anti-V@x.”

Celebrity hero Robert DeNiro’s groundbreaking film “V@xxed” makes it very clear that there is a linkage between vaccines and autism.

Another hero who stepped up, possibly to avenge Deep State murders in his family, is Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

 

 

This article came out a week ago on his site, as of June 13th, and we will highlight just one highly relevant section:

 

6/13: RFK Jr. on Mental Health Problems and Vaccines
https://childrenshealthdefense.org/news/mental-health-problems-the-sad-new-normal-on-college-campuses/

In fact, some researchers v@ccinate healthy animals or people on purpose just to study this phenomenon. For example:

A study intentionally injected mice with the v@ccine used against tuberculosis (BCG vaccine) to induce “depression-like behavior,” finding that the v@ccine-induced depression was resistant to treatment with standard antidepressants.

Another study in mice found that both the antigens and the aluminum adjuvant in the Gardasil HPV v@ccine produced significantly more behavioral abnormalities, including depression, in the exposed mice compared to unexposed mice.

University of California researchers followed healthy undergraduates for one week before and one week after influenza v@ccination; in the absence of any physical symptoms, they detected increased post-v@ccinationinflammation that was associated with more mood disturbances—especially “depressed mood and cognitive symptoms.”

Another study of influenza v@ccination compared vaccine recipients who had preexisting depression and anxiety to “mentally healthy” recipients, finding that both groups had “decreased positive affect” following v@ccination; however, the v@ccine’s impact on mood was “more pronounced for those with anxiety or depression.”

Neuroscientists at Oxford injected healthy young adults with typhoid v@ccine to explore “the link between inflammation, sleep and depression,” finding that the v@ccine “produced significant impairment in several measures of sleep continuity” in the v@ccine group compared to placebo; the researchers noted in their conclusions that impaired sleep is both a “hallmark” and “predictor” of major depression.

Another group of UK researchers who likewise injected healthy young adult males with the typhoid v@ccine found that, within hours, the v@ccine had produced measurable social-cognitive deficits.

 

You want to talk about how RFK’s son is avenging his father’s death by exposing the Deep State v@ccine agenda? Good luck!

Soon, if you even bring it up, your entire identity could be murdered out of the cyber-verse. Thanks, Big Tech!

 

POLAND WINS “BEST DOCUMENTARY” FOR “TELL NO ONE”

Another very obvious item on the “Forbidden List” is any discussion of pedo arrests.

Of course, the implication is that trying to expose child predators is “Harmful,” “Dangerous,” and “Hate Speech,” using their own terms.

The Powers that Were have done their very best to make it impossible to find the original, authentic An Open Secret film, as an example.

The filmmakers’ biggest mistake was in thinking they could make money on this film and get it into conventional distribution.

I had a video get demonetized in February simply for mentioning the cases of Cardinal George Pell, the second-highest guy at the Vatican, and “John of God” in Brazil.

Poland, thankfully, used crowdfunding to make a film that we now know would never be allowed to make a dime in today’s world. Take a look:

 

 

5/25: Revolution in Poland As Nation Confronts Priestly Abuse
https://www.apnews.com/8fbab7877b7844b39e2e257f114c8a4a

WARSAW, Poland (AP) — One victim spoke out, and then another, and another.

A statue of a pedophile priest was toppled in Gdansk, put back by his supporters, and finally dismantled for good. A feature film about clerical abuse was a box office hit.

Poland thought it had started confronting the problem of clerical abuse and its cover-up by church authorities.

Then a bombshell came: A documentary with victim testimony so harrowing it has forced an unprecedented reckoning with pedophile priests in one of Europe’s most deeply Catholic societies.

 

Poland’s bishops acknowledged this week they face a crisis and made a rare admission that they have failed to protect the young.

It’s also a crisis for the country’s conservative government, which is closely aligned with the Catholic Church, putting the ruling Law and Justice party on the defensive before Sunday’s European Parliament vote in Poland….

 

Crowdfunded and free on YouTube, “Tell No One” has gotten more than 21 million views so far and has prompted a new wave of survivors to come forward.

About 150 people have contacted a foundation helping victims of clerical abuse, “Have No Fear.” One was an 86-year-old man who was molested when he was 6 and had never told anyone until now.

“He finally understood that he is not alone,” said Anna Frankowska, a lawyer for the organization who took his call.

“A huge tsunami has come, and there is no way this issue can be swept under the rug now,” she said. “It has to be addressed.”

 

Click here to watch Tell No One with English subtitles while you still can, and download it before it goes into the memory hole.

And don’t worry, you won’t have to sit through any ads. There aren’t any. Of course. This is crazy, crazy stuff.

 

PLEASE DON’T FORGET SABRINA BITTENCOURT

The story of “John of God” is one of the craziest of them all.

He was working as a faith healer, loved by millions, but apparently had a dark side of unimaginable proportions.

The entire case against him was driven by a woman named Sabrina Bittencourt.

 

 

Once you start researching this story, it gets extremely crazy and disturbing:

1/31: Sabrina Bittencourt At Center of John of God Arrest
https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/8318483/john-god-cult-leader-sex-slave-farm-sold-babies/

Brazilian activist Sabrina Bittencourt has now sensationally claimed the celebrity medium ran a baby trafficking operation, in which children were “farmed” in Brazil before being sold to childless couples around the world.

Bittencourt’s previous investigations led to the spiritual leader’s arrest in December.

She claimed young girls were held captive in remote farms, where they were forced to produce babies.

She added that the women were murdered after 10 years of giving birth….

 

Among the hundreds of allegations against Faria, his own daughter, Dalva Teixeira, came forward with a shocking statement that she was a victim of her father’s crimes.

In an exclusive interview with Brazilian magazine Veja, she said that under the pretence of mystical treatments he abused and raped her between the ages of ten and 14.

 

Some suspect that the children from these ‘farms’ were not just being sold to childless couples, but were sent into trafficking operations.

It is also of note that the “spirit cooker” herself got a private meeting with Teixeira in her lesser-known Brazil movie.

 

 

THIRTEEN OTHERS

Sabrina also had witnesses ready to come forward and identify thirteen other high-level perpetrators.

Not long after “John of God” was arrested, Sabrina mysteriously “committed suicide,” after saying in videos that she never would.

Unfortunately, the single most elaborate article about this story, on Tiffany Fitzhenry’s site, has disappeared off of the internet entirely.

[UPDATE: A commenter did find an archived copy of it after all: https://archive.is/fICvZ]

The next article below has similar information, however:

 

2/4: Sabrina Bittencourt Mysteriously Kills Herself
https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/8346590/activist-probe-arrest-rapist-john-of-god-commits-suicide/

AN ACTIVIST whose claims led to the “rape” arrest of a celebrity healer called John of God has taken her own life at her hideaway in Spain….

 

Bill Clinton and supermodel Naomi Campbell are rumoured to be among the high-profile celebrities to have visited the 77-year-old.

Mrs Bittencourt, 38, who was “living under the protection” after receiving death threats, claimed Teixeira de Faria ran a “sex slave farm.”

The mum-of-three claimed young girls were held captive to produce babies to be sold on the black market before being murdered.

She was quoted as saying: “Hundreds of girls were enslaved over years, lived on farms in Goias, served as wombs to get pregnant, for their babies to be sold.”

Mrs Bittencourt said she had received reports of the newborns being sold for up to £40,000 in Europe, USA and Australia.

She added: “These girls were murdered after 10 years of giving birth. We have got a number of testimonies.”

 

Announcing her death Vitimas Unidas said: “(The) group announces with regret the death of Sabrina Bittencourt, which occurred around 9pm on Saturday in Barcelona.

“The activist committed suicide and left a farewell note explaining the reasons why she took her own life.

“We ask you all not to try to contact her relatives. Two of her three children are still not aware of what happened and their father, Rafael Velasco, is trying to protect them.”

 

 

Once her children found out, they were not at all convinced it was a suicide:

2/4: Sabrina Bittencourt’s Son Declares She Was Murdered
https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6664777/Woman-arrest-John-God-takes-life.html

Ms Bittencourt left Brazil and was forced to live under protection after receiving death threats.

Her eldest son Gabriel Baum confirmed her death, writing on Facebook: ‘She took the last step so that we could live. They killed my mother.’

 

THE OTHER THIRTEEN

In this translated Brazilian article from December 23, 2018, we find out that Sabrina had uncovered 13 other perpetrators:

12/23: Sabrina Bittencourt Preparing to Expose 13 Other Gurus
https://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=pt&u=https://www.cartacapital.com.br/sociedade/sabrina-bittencourt-a-mulher-que-desmascarou-joao-de-deus/&prev=search

The activist [Sabrina] overthrew the medium and guru Prem Baba. And she has in her target 13 other spiritual leaders who sexually abuse the faithful….

From a Mormon family, Sabrina had been abused since the age of 4 by church members attended by her parents and grandparents.

At 16, she became pregnant with one of the rapists. Aborted.

Today, at age 37, she is involved in a cause both universal and private: she struggles to organize and prepare complaints against abusive religious leaders….

For his part, he prefers “psychopath” and “sexual predator”, among others less flattering.

Bittencourt is the woman behind hundreds of allegations of abuse against John of God and Prem Baba. Secretly, she is preparing material to unmask 13 other Brazilian spiritual gurus….

Bittencourt is one of the creators of the Coame “movement”, an acronym for Combating Abuse in the Spiritual Medium, a platform that concentrates reports of sexual violations committed by priests, pastors, gurus and their counterparts….

She changes her house every 10 or 12 days, she changes her country without registering the border….

 

“It is endemic — this absurd amount of leaders of various religions who abuse children, young people and, especially, women.

Since the age of four, I have been abused several times by the church Mormons we attended, against whom no action was taken.

My path was drawn from the pain of the other and from my pain. I had known all along that I had privileges that others had not.

So, to be able to heal myself of these pains, I did social work intensely for 20 years. “…

“The things I do are very organized. The denunciations against Prem Baba and João de Deus worked out because I saw the variables of each of the groups.

What matters to the victims? Speak. To the cops?…

 

So I get the information from people from vulnerable groups, I organize. Set the pace, tone and ethical code of how to treat the victims of that spiritual leader.”…

“I never imagined that from Prem Baba’s bid, I would be able to receive 103 reports from 13 different spiritual leaders from a single Facebook post.”

 

2/4: Bittencourt Dies While “Living Under Protection” in Spain (DELETED, NO ARCHIVE.ORG)
https://tiffanyfitzhenry.com/2019/02/04/her-name-was-sabrina-bittencourt/

[UPDATE: Archive.org link found by a dedicated researcher in the comments. Here it is:]
https://archive.is/fICvZ

 

NOW ADD ALL OF THIS UP….

Again, by simply reporting on these two stories that were covered in mainstream media overseas, my video got demonetized.

As so many independent journalists have discovered, nothing gets you banned faster than reporting on human trafficking.

So again, you might be on the “Dump Trump” train, but isn’t it weird that Big Tech is also destroying and all conspiracy analysis, organic food, vaccine debates and expose’s of crimes against children?

And now, literally ALL YouTube independent creators have fallen victim to this unprecedented mass censorship campaign.

In case you haven’t been following this, again: It’s BAD.

 

FEW HAD THE VISION TO SEE THE COMING PEZ DISPENSER

Many YouTube creators spent five years, if not longer, building up a following and revenue stream, only to have it ripped away in a single, devastating event this month.

Very few people were paranoid or adventurous enough to foresee the entire platform being converted into a mainstream-media fear-porn Pez dispenser.

 

 

THIS HAS BEEN ONGOING FOR SOME TIME

Last October, there was a major purge that featured combined activity between Facebook and Twitter, two seemingly separate corporations:

10/13/18: Project Launched to Save Alternative Media from Purges
https://edge-canopy.com/2018/10/13/fb-purge-project-launched-to-save-the-alternative-media-by-gaining-followers-on-the-street/

The day before yesterday, Facebook and Twitter deleted hundreds of accounts with tens of millions of combined followers, in the most intense wave of censorship we’ve ever seen.

Websites critical of police brutality, government corruption and war, mostly of a Libertarian or Anarchist persuasion were struck, while the mainstream media reported that it was some kind of purge against spammers.

That couldn’t be further from the truth.

 

10/15/18: Succumb to FB and Twitter’s Demands or Get Banned
https://www.rt.com/op-ed/441311-facebook-twitter-ban-dissident/

A recent purge by Facebook and Twitter of a host of independent media sites has pushed thousands of people out of work and has killed one of the most effective forms of expressing political dissent.

On Thursday last week, Facebook purged more than 800 pages and accounts, accusing them of engaging in “inauthentic behavior” and violating Facebook’s anti-spam policies.

 

10/13/18: Internet Censorship Took Leap Forward, Hardly Anyone Noticed
https://medium.com/@caityjohnstone/internet-censorship-just-took-an-unprecedented-leap-forward-and-hardly-anyone-noticed-e6ae2d8adaf2

After a massive purge of hundreds of politically oriented pages and personal accounts for “inauthentic behavior”, Facebook rightly received a fair amount of criticism for the nebulous and hotly disputed basis for that action.

What received relatively little attention was the far more ominous step which was taken next:

Within hours of being purged from Facebook, multiple anti-establishment alternative media sites had their accounts completely removed from Twitter as well.

 

As of this writing, I am aware of three large alternative media outlets which were expelled from both platforms at almost the same time:

Anti-Media, the Free Thought Project, and Police the Police, all of whom had millions of followers on Facebook.

Both the Editor-in-Chief of Anti-Media and its Chief Creative Officer were also banned by Twitter, and are being kept from having any new accounts on that site as well….

 

The Deep State is so terrified of the coming mass awakening that they have used the “nuclear option,” and are burying ALL channels they cannot directly control… regardless of their content.

They clearly appear to be making last-minute preparations to try to stop an avalanche of newly-declassified information from reaching the public once it arrives, as anticipated this summer or early fall.

A top YouTube talent, Keemstar, has now banded together with 100 other top YouTube talents to strike back at the mainstream and social media giants for this outrageous stunt.

 

THE MORE THEY FIGHT, THE MORE WE FIGHT

What the Deep State hasn’t accounted for is that the more censorship they do, the more people they inspire to jump in and join the battle.

People with full-time jobs have enough hours left in the day to make their own videos and speak out while they still have a chance.

And they are not threatened by being demonetized or even banned, because they are just getting started with taking a stand in bold defiance against tyranny.

As a recent example, within hours of Isaac Kappy’s highly suspicious “suicide,” there were literally thousands of intelligent videos appearing on YouTube exposing the entire story.

Vigilant Citizen wrote an article that explored several of the themes in these videos, which you can read by clicking here.

Many of the videos went on for an hour or more, exploring a variety of details relevant to the story.

Most, if not almost all of them got knocked down by “The Algorithm,” but this is just the beginning of an unstoppable change.

 

CHECK IT OUT IF YOU ARE STILL NOT FAMILIAR

In case you don’t know what Kappy was up to, here’s an article from Collective Evolution from soon after his debut:

8/16/18: Isaac Kappy Calls Out Hollywood Pedophiles
https://www.collective-evolution.com/2018/08/16/another-actor-calls-out-satanic-hollywood-pedophiles-see-corey-i-didnt-need-10-million/

 

As Q Anon has repeatedly said, “These people are sick.” That is a very mild statement that just helps you get started in the awakening process.

Now as we head into the next section, get ready for an incredible new bombshell.

An insider from the dawn of Facebook — one of the four founding members — has come forward with a story that you have got to see to believe.

The story is so rich with specific and intriguing details that it seems very unlikely to be any type of falsification.

 

CLICK HERE TO CONTINUE TO SECTION FOUR

SECTION FOUR: STUNNING FACEBOOK INSIDER REVELATIONS

 

THE DEEP STATE NO LONGER CARES

The Deep State has obviously reached a point where they no longer care. They are “Freaking Out” through this mass censorship and other means discussed in the preceding sections.

If you talk about organic food, natural remedies, potential problems with vaccines, child predators, Alex Jones or the President of the United States, you’re a goner.

The Deep State very likely know their time is up, and therefore are just trying to reduce the speed and severity of their defeat once DECLAS happens.

They are desperate to stop you from learning about the Weapons Systems they have actively deployed for mass depopulation and Big Pharma money-making.

Discuss the president of the United States other than with hate? Nope. Discuss Alex Jones? Gone. Organic food? Gone. Question vaccines? Gone. Child predators? You’re outta here.

 

OTHER POLITICAL MEDDLING AS WELL

This political meddling by Facebook is not limited to the US alone. The same thing was done in Italy… and on throughout all of Europe:

5/13: FB Shuts Down Pro-Populist Italian Pages Before EU Elections
https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2019/05/13/facebook-shuts-down-pro-populist-italian-pages-before-eu-elections/

In its report, which was presented to Facebook on May 3, Avaaz said it had identified 14 Italian networks on Facebook comprising 104 pages and six groups, with a total reach of 18.2 million followers.

This week, Facebook took punitive action against 23 pages in these networks, with a total of 2.46 million followers and 2.44 million interactions over the last three months.

Facebook has also reportedly “weakened” pages that spread content with allegedly false news, presumably making them less visible to Facebook users….

 

The most active page in support of the Lega party was among those closed, just as polls are showing that the Lega is currently the party with the most support among Italians for the upcoming elections.

Facebook’s efforts in Italy to influence the European elections are just the tip of the iceberg, Italian media noted.

According to the Italian daily La Repubblica, on May 2 Facebook opened a “war room” in Dublin devoted full time to the European electoral campaign, with 40 teams of engineers, scientists, researchers, threat specialists, and experts for each country.

There are 500 people working on the elections, with the assistance of 21 supposed “fact-checkers,” operating in 14 different languages.

 

DARPA CANCELS LIFELOG, FACEBOOK IS LAUNCHED THE SAME DAY

Chris Hughes is one of the original founders of Facebook. This will become very significant in a moment.

As you can see here from Reference.com, Hughes was one of the original three besides Mark Zuckerberg. And notice the date:

Reference.com: When Was Facebook Founded?
https://www.reference.com/technology/facebook-founded-82b58fab78095d6

Facebook was initially launched on February 4, 2004. It was founded by Mark Zuckerberg, Dustin Moskovitz, Chris Hughes and Eduardo Saverin.

 

As many have now pointed out, the Pentagon announced the cancellation of its LifeLog project on the exact same dayFacebook was founded, February 4th, 2004:

2/4/04: Pentagon Kills Lifelog Project
https://www.wired.com/2004/02/pentagon-kills-lifelog-project/

The Pentagon canceled its so-called LifeLog project, an ambitious effort to build a database tracking a person’s entire existence.

Run by Darpa, the Defense Department’s research arm, LifeLog aimed to gather in a single place just about everything an individual says, sees or does: the phone calls made, the TV shows watched, the magazines read, the plane tickets bought, the e-mail sent and received….

 

Civil libertarians immediately pounced on the project when it debuted last spring, arguing that LifeLog could become the ultimate tool for profiling potential enemies of the state.

Researchers close to the project say they’re not sure why it was dropped late last month. Darpa hasn’t provided an explanation for LifeLog’s quiet cancellation.

“A change in priorities” is the only rationale agency spokeswoman Jan Walker gave to Wired News….

David Karger, Shrobe’s colleague at MIT, thinks such efforts will still go on at Darpa, too.

“I am sure that such research will continue to be funded under some other title,” wrote Karger in an e-mail. “I can’t imagine Darpa ‘dropping out’ of such a key research area.”

 

CHRIS HUGHES SOUNDS THE ALARM ON MAY 9TH, 2019

As you just saw, there are only three other founding members besides Mark Zuckerberg.

Chris Hughes decided to go public on May 9th, 2019 about the evils of Facebook.

This was big news at the time, and prominently linked on Drudge Report.

The original MSN link has since disappeared:

https://www.msn.com/en-gb/money/technology/its-time-to-break-up-facebook/ar-AAB84r5?li=BBr5KbJ

It was only thanks to the magic of Archive.org that this very important document was recovered:

 

5/9: It’s Time to Break Up Facebook (Archived Link: Chris Hughes)
https://web.archive.org/web/20190509212025/https://www.msn.com/en-gb/money/technology/its-time-to-break-up-facebook/ar-AAB84r5

It’s been 15 years since I co-founded Facebook at Harvard, and I haven’t worked at the company in a decade. But I feel a sense of anger and responsibility.

Mark is still the same person I watched hug his parents as they left our dorm’s common room at the beginning of our sophomore year….

In other words, he’s human. But it’s his very humanity that makes his unchecked power so problematic….

Mark’s influence is staggering, far beyond that of anyone else in the private sector or in government.

Mark is a good, kind person. But I’m angry that his focus on growth led him to sacrifice security and civility for clicks.

I’m disappointed in myself and the early Facebook team for not thinking more about how the News Feed algorithm could change our culture, influence elections and empower nationalist leaders.

And I’m worried that Mark has surrounded himself with a team that reinforces his beliefs instead of challenging them….

 

MARK USED THE WORD ‘DOMINATION’

In this next quote, Chris Hughes made it clear that Mark and his potential handlers wanted to use Facebook to “dominate the world:”

5/9: It’s Time to Break Up Facebook (Archived Link: Chris Hughes)
https://web.archive.org/web/20190509212025/https://www.msn.com/en-gb/money/technology/its-time-to-break-up-facebook/ar-AAB84r5

We are a nation with a tradition of reining in monopolies, no matter how well intentioned the leaders of these companies may be. Mark’s power is unprecedented and un-American.

It is time to break up Facebook….

From our earliest days, Mark used the word “domination” to describe our ambitions, with no hint of irony or humility….

Facebook’s dominance is not an accident of history. The company’s strategy was to beat every competitor in plain view, and regulators and the government tacitly — and at times explicitly — approved….

Investors realize that if a company gets traction, Facebook will copy its innovations, shut it down or acquire it for a relatively modest sum.

So despite an extended economic expansion, increasing interest in high-tech start-ups, an explosion of venture capital and growing public distaste for Facebook, no major social networking company has been founded since the fall of 2011….

I was on the original News Feed team (my name is on the patent), and that product now gets billions of hours of attention and pulls in unknowable amounts of data each year….

 

CONTROL OVER FREE SPEECH WITH NO GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY

Next, Hughes describes how Facebook has superseded elected governments and is controlling free speech worldwide.

5/9: It’s Time to Break Up Facebook (Archived Link: Chris Hughes)
https://web.archive.org/web/20190509212025/https://www.msn.com/en-gb/money/technology/its-time-to-break-up-facebook/ar-AAB84r5

The most problematic aspect of Facebook’s power is Mark’s unilateral control over speech. There is no precedent for his ability to monitor, organize and even censor the conversations of two billion people….

The most extreme example of Facebook manipulating speech happened in Myanmar in late 2017.

Mark said in a Vox interview that he personally made the decision to delete the private messages of Facebook users who were encouraging genocide there.

“I remember, one Saturday morning, I got a phone call,” he said, “and we detected that people were trying to spread sensational messages through — it was Facebook Messenger in this case — to each side of the conflict,

[They were] basically telling the Muslims, ‘Hey, there’s about to be an uprising of the Buddhists, so make sure that you are armed and go to this place.’ And then the same thing on the other side.”

Mark made a call: “We stop those messages from going through.”

Most people would agree with his decision, but it’s deeply troubling that he made it with no accountability to any independent authority or government.

Facebook could, in theory, delete en masse the messages of Americans, too, if its leadership decided it didn’t like them….

 

WE NEED A NEW AGENCY TO REGULATE TECH COMPANIES

Lastly, Chris calls for a new government agency to properly regulate Big Tech and prevent this from happening:

5/9: It’s Time to Break Up Facebook (Archived Link: Chris Hughes)
https://web.archive.org/web/20190509212025/https://www.msn.com/en-gb/money/technology/its-time-to-break-up-facebook/ar-AAB84r5

Just breaking up Facebook is not enough. We need a new agency, empowered by Congress to regulate tech companies. Its first mandate should be to protect privacy….

I take responsibility for not sounding the alarm earlier.

Don Graham, a former Facebook board member, has accused those who criticize the company now as having “all the courage of the last man leaping on the pile at a football game.”

The financial rewards I reaped from working at Facebook radically changed the trajectory of my life, and even after I cashed out, I watched in awe as the company grew.

 

THEN THE RABBIT HOLE GETS MUCH, MUCH DEEPER

This public statement by Chris Hughes was incredibly brave and brazen. It is no surprise that his article “mysteriously vanished” after being published on May 9th.

Just one month later, one of the original three founding members of Facebook (other than Mark) hand-delivered a MOAB letter to The Anonymous Patriot’s Conclave.

In full context, it may well have been written by Chris Hughes, who may have structured his confessional in two parts — first a quickly-censored public version and then a semi-anonymous version that was far more intense.

 

 

This letter was published on the American Intelligence Media website as of June 13th, and is being referred to as the “Zuckerberg Dossier.”

At this time, prior to our publication, it is still fairly obscure, with only 11 Likes and 16 comments. That will change:

 

 

THIS IS THE ONE

With that being said, if there is any one article that you absolutely must read after working through this Ebook, this is the one.

There is so much in it that is so powerful and mind-blowing that it is difficult to avoid wanting to just quote the entire thing.

However, we will leave it up to you to read the full statement.

Let me put it this way. The dossier is so long, intricately worded, passionate and filled with specifics that it most definitely is not a LARP.

As a researcher who has spotted dozens of genuine insiders over the years, there are hundreds of undeniable markers that indicate this person is indeed who he claims to be.

This person is clearly risking his life to come forward and is also fully prepared to testify before Congress to everything he has written in the dossier.

With that said, these are only allegations. Anyone accused of such things by an anonymous insider is innocent until proven guilty in a court of law.

 

BEFORE WE GET INTO THE QUOTE….

If you have long-term familiarity with the research on this website and others like it, many things will jump out at you.

In short, the dossier says Mark was a pawn for Deep State players who used him as a ‘patsy’ to make Facebook look like it came from the youth.

Mark apparently did not do any of the work himself, and therefore still cannot describe how he accomplished the initial tasks.

Sadly, he was allegedly subject to extreme mind-control torture since childhood, and broke down in tears more than once describing it to his friend.

In the run-up to the 2016 election, Mark was apparently ordered to completely sacrifice ‘his’ company, if necessary, in a brazen attempt to steer the outcome — just like we now appear to be seeing with YouTube.

Part of what is so interesting about this dossier is the ‘teasers’ that are put in there, indicative of much more information than has been revealed.

Other areas are extremely generous with information and detail. You really do need to read the whole thing to see what I mean!

 

CERTAIN TEASER QUOTES

Here are certain ‘teaser’ quotes that particularly caught my attention in the dossier:

“Mark had been told to win the country for Hillary, or kill the company trying. He was making astounding mistakes that showed the truth of the evil foundations of Facebook.”

“I believe that Mark is doing everything in his power to get President Donald Trump deposed, just as he did everything he could to try to help get Hillary elected. If Trump continues, the globalists lose.”

“This current decision to destroy Facebook from the inside out is nothing more than Mark’s handlers using Mark in their last hours of power. Trump will win 2020 and Facebook will die.”

“Mark wants to be like Eric [Schmidt, of Google,] and control the world from a digital Ivory Tower and oversee the depopulation of the earth.

These maniacs believe they are “above the human race” and are actually higher beings sent to the earth to control the masses.

From my experience, these attitudes are extremely prevalent with Silicon Valley tech giants — and they make me sick….”

 

WHY ARE THESE SIGNIFICANT AS ‘TELLS’ OF A POTENTIALLY REAL INSIDER?

If this was indeed a LARP — and again it seems vastly too detailed, quirky and specific to be — these areas would very likely have been far more developed.

One thing I have consistently noticed with real insiders is they toss out diamonds without even realizing it.

Just the idea of the Deep State tech giants thinking they are “higher beings sent to the earth to control the masses” is a one-off that could be VASTLY more explained.

If this author was a LARPer, he would very likely use that section of the Dossier to sound off with all of his favorite theories and info.

Furthermore, the author does not go into any further detail about why he thinks the current US president will defeat the globalists.

The depopulation agenda is mentioned, really without any further commentary — whereas a LARPer would likely go into great detail on these points.

 

KEY QUOTES FOR YOU TO PONDER

Now, without further ado, we will review just a few of the many must-see quotes contained within the Dossier. Let’s begin:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Admittedly, this Zuckerberg “Dossier” has enough information in it to put Mark Zuckerberg behind bars, and therefore would not be touched by the Main Stream Media – according to the person who hand-delivered this letter to a member of the Anonymous Patriot’s Conclave a few days ago….

American Intelligence Media does not claim that the Zuckerberg Dossier is 100% correct, but we can state with absolute confidence that the source is real.

We also believe that there may be other installments of what we are calling the Zuckerberg Dossier, and will probably not be the last time we hear from this source, as the trouble that Mark is having in the news keeps mounting….

 

[DOSSIER BEGINS]

To Every Facebook User,

Mark Zuckerberg, and all of us who were there from the beginning, are lying to you and using your personal life as a government-controlled experiment in brain-washing and mind-control – basically a weaponized system of the military (CIA especially) that got out of control.

At this point, Mark Zuckerberg has lost control of a company that he never really owned or operated.

Truly, anyone who has ever worked with Mark knows that his mind is a blank, and that he is nothing more than a parrot for the government handlers who created him.

Mark is incapable of running a McDonald’s, let alone one of the most powerful companies in the world.

Not even his name is real, and his identity has always been covered up. Mark was chosen as child for a CIA training program because his relatives were some of the people creating the program….

 

…The other three teams that were working at Harvard, under Harvard president Larry Summers, [worked] to create what DARPA and In-Q-Tel wanted the most – a cyber-weapon that could control the minds of anyone that could be lured into it.

Facebook was always a military weapon – just like Eric Schmidt’s Google, which was incubated in the same fashion that Facebook was.

Mark was a patsy, but a ruthless, heartless, cold-blooded non-human patsy.

He became this way through the brain-washing he received in his High School years by a DARPA program called TIA [Terrorist Information Awareness], which needed a “boy-genius” to be the front man.

This scam would make Mark into a global model of the young, cool, irreverent computer geniuses that “rule the world” and lead everyone to a cyber-god of artificial intelligence.

Mark was just an unwitting puppet at first – I felt sorry for him.

 

DEEPER INVOLVEMENT THAN JUST PROFESSIONAL

In this next quote, we find out that the relationship between Mark and the insider was allegedly not platonic.

If this was Chris Hughes, it may explain the title of the MSN article from the month before.

I did actually have a dream in which I saw this title with a comma in it: “It’s Time to Break Up, Facebook.”

The title may therefore indicate that its author was “breaking up” with Mark in more ways than one. Let’s continue:

 

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

I remember when I first became room-mates with Mark in our sophomore year at Harvard. We were in Kirkland House, on JFK Street and had to endure Dustin and Andrew.

[Again, the other three founders are Dustin Moskovitz, Chris Hughes and Eduardo Saverin. Perhaps Eduardo may have gone by ‘Andrew,’ or Andrew may not be seen as one of the three other founders.]

Mark hated them because they prevented us from sleeping together, even though we were in the same room.

It was frustrating and kept our relationship secret.

Little did I know that the thing that drew me to Mark, a certain openness for listening to anyone, also made him extremely promiscuous with both sexes.

 

BRAINWASHING PROGRAMS

Now as the Dossier continues, we begin hearing about the mind-control practices that had apparently occurred.

This is where it really starts to feel like a spy thriller movie… and if this proves to be true, that movie will definitely be made someday:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Mark had no morals, conscience, or shame. He also chased women on Craig’s List and would sometimes just disappear to rendezvous with them.

He was like a blank slate that simply echoes whatever was happening in his environment.

I loved and hated this aspect of his personality but later found out that he, and his brother and cousin, were all the same way due to the brain-washing programs they were subjected to during high school.

If certain people spoke to Mark in person or on the phone, he would drop everything and do whatever they told him to do.

Certain people had more power and effect over him.

I eventually found out, from Mark breaking down and crying, that the brain-washing was permanent and was all part of the “position” these people had promised to create for Mark.

He didn’t even know what this “position” was or entailed….

 

A VERY INTERESTING SIDE NOTE

Before we go on, I would like to point out that Mark Zuckerberg was played by Jesse Eisenberg in the movie The Social Network, which promoted the ‘approved’ storyline.

 

 

The Deep State will often communicate subliminal messages through movies, including by linking different topics together through the same actor playing different roles.

This can help ensure they are ‘authorized’ to get away with what they are doing… by spiritual laws they call “The Rules.”

Therefore, I find it very interesting that Jesse Eisenberg also played a mind-controlled slave assassin in “American Ultra,” which very openly applauds MKULTRA.

 

 

The movie portrays a victim of MKULTRA programming as a Bourne-Identity-type of superhero, while also honestly acknowledging the horrific problems it causes.

Additionally, Eisenberg played Lex Luthor in Batman Vs. Superman, which is one of the most Luciferian films ever made.

Both Batman and Superman are portrayed as “fallen angels,” whereas Eisenberg is a Demiurge-style take on Jesus as being a malevolent, demonic being.

The scenery around Eisenberg’s character in the movie is astonishingly blatant and worthy of detailed analysis.

 

 

AND NOW, BACK TO THE DOSSIER….

As we go on, you may find yourself feeling sympathy for Mark Zuckerberg if this all turns out to be true. This type of torture is very sad under any and all circumstances.

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Mark always had panic attacks and would break down frequently due to the brain-washing – according to Mark.

He would cry about his mother and the “torture” she let “them” do to him.

At those times, Mark’s mouth ran on open and he would tell his bed-partners about all the pain and horrible plans these “evil people” did to him.

Early on, his doubts and fears almost consumed him at night, and he could hardly sleep due to nightmares.

Once Mark became filthy rich, he simply used drugs to mask these fears.

 

 

[As a side note, it is a noteworthy gesture to give away 99 percent of the earnings. At present he would be left with 710 million.]

 

NO ABILITY TO EXPLAIN HOW IT WAS DONE

As the dossier continues, we find out that Mark apparently cannot explain how he supposedly created Facebook.

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

But if you get him upset by asking about the creation of Facebook, Mark will freak out and have a panic attack because he always messes up the story and looks like an idiot.

He can’t stand questions about “how he made Facebook” – because he didn’t.

I had to laugh as one of his stupid answers: “I saw that Harvard didn’t have a Facebook, so I made one”, or something close to that.

The journalist let him get away with that lie, like they always have.

Mark Greenberg (Zuckerberg) did not write one single line of programming source code for Facebook. Those are lies and propaganda generated by his government, military handlers….

 

A JOINT EFFORT WITH HARVARD AND OTHERS

As the dossier continues, we find out that the President of Harvard was apparently directly involved, along with other high-level operatives.

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Mark simply had others adjust the code into what was a government-sponsored military weaponization of a cyber-warfare project directed by the President of Harvard, Larry Summers.

Even Summers himself had his own budding student and staff directory being developed by the Harvard computer staff called “Facebook.”

Mark didn’t even create the name!…

 

GOOGLE / YOUTUBE FOLLOWED THE SAME FORMULA… RUN BY BANKERS

In this next excerpt, we find that Google founder Eric Schmidt was apparently part of the same initiative.

The author gets very detailed about who, exactly, was involved in financing and organizing all of this.

Again, the specifics here are interesting enough to suggest that this is not a LARP:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Eric Schmidt was the poster child for the Silicon Valley geniuses who ran corporations that are basically exempt from prosecution.

[They are] the facade for military-weaponized companies that are always funded by the same evil bankers—

Fidelity Investment, Vanguard, T. Rowe Price, BlackRock, JPMorgan, HSBC, Accel Partners, Kleiner Perkins and the rest of the Silicon Valley venture capitalists, who always make a killing from companies who get no-bid government contracts.

These companies, like Facebook, are just an excuse for black-ops experiments to control the enemy – and Mark doesn’t know who the enemy is.

Mark’s lack of a moral compass made him the perfect patsy for the new “military experiments on U. S. citizens.”…

 

ELECTION TAMPERING

This next excerpt details how the hidden players have used companies like Facebook and YouTube to manipulate elections:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

I believe now, since Mark was well-aware of the evil intentions of the government, that he has committed crimes of many types with the clear, pre-meditated intention of harming every user of Facebook.

That is why Mark let Facebook be used to manipulate elections. He has no moral core.

personally saw the “template” that Hillary ordered that uses Facebook to manipulate voters to win elections for her.

Given the amount of election interference by Big-Tech in 2016, I became a reluctant believer in miracles.

I have seen the truth concerning the supposed “Russian Interference,” and can tell you that it was all made up and, in fact, was the exact opposite of what the media reported.

I have seen so many illegal actions of Facebook that I am indeed complicit with the crimes. That is one of the reasons I must remain anonymous.

But I assure you, if I testified, Mark and I would be locked up along with the other members of the Fellowship as well as many, many other Facebook employees….

 

EVERYONE KNEW WHAT IT REALLY WAS

In this next quote, we find out that everyone within this core team apparently knew exactly what they were really doing.

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Though I will not tell you who the members of Mark Zuckerberg’s “Fellowship” group were,

I can point out that all of the original members of Facebook knew from the beginning that it was a military project for cyber warfare mind-control.

Everything done from the beginning was an experiment to see just how far a social media platform could go to “conquer the enemy” —

through behavioral manipulation with electronic warfare.

 

The idea that Mark wanted to connect all college students in America was a novel idea that was far from the true intention: the mind-control of every user in the world.

Free platforms like Google, Gmail, Facebook, and the rest were confidence tricks to get users to experiment on.

My old buddy, Sean Parker, an early member of Facebook has “confessed all” to the media, and specifically told the truth that Facebook was meant as a cyber-drug to create and control addicts – digital addicts.

As Sean said, we knew from the beginning it was harming every user.

That is why we never let our friends or our children use these systems – it harms them tremendously, and was the original intent of the media.

Mark and I were told by representatives of DARPA that that was the intent of Facebook from its inception.

 

[DW: Now maybe you understand why I don’t even open Facebook unless I need to announce something.]

 

THEY CONSIDER EVERYONE TO BE A TERRORIST

Things get even more sinister as we go on from here. This is indeed how the Deep State sees us, based upon my own extensive research:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

The U. S. Patriot Act allows the military to consider every American a possible terrorist or enemy warfighter until proven otherwise.

Every person on the Internet, which was also created by DARPA, is considered a cyber-terrorist.

The military sees it as their job to create systems to surveil, target, disarm, and aggressively remote-control the user.

I hated the idea from the first time I heard of it.

Personally, I have never used Facebook, and don’t let anyone I love use it….

 

MORE DETAILS ABOUT MIND CONTROL

In this next excerpt, we get additional witness testimony of the apparent mind control that was being used on Mark to keep him on track:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

We would sometimes convince him that the project was “dead wrong”, but all it took was one phone call from “above” and Mark went back to his scheming.

It was truly pathetic to see that Mark had no freedom, but was told what to do.

He was also so poorly organized and such a muddled thinker that he couldn’t get anything done: homework, schoolwork, project work, nothing….

 

ELITIST MENTALITY

This next short excerpt again shows that this insider was exposed to elitist concepts that are commonplace within the Deep State:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Mark has become, over the years, no friend of America.

In fact, he hates America, and rants on about how proud he is to avoid U. S. taxes and to cheat the American people – whom he considers to be animals.

Mark believes he is a higher being – above human beings….

 

NAVAL INTELLIGENCE HEAD ANDREW MARSHALL

This next excerpt reveals one of the high-ranking military personnel who apparently steered the project:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

One day, Mark was called to Summers’ office in Massachusetts Hall to meet a most unusual man.

His name was Andrew Marshall, and he was the head of the Naval Intelligence Net Assessment Office.

Mark was terrified of Marshall from the beginning.

Marshall had Mark sign a government secrecy agreement, and other security agreements before he told Mark the ultimate military nature of what the Harvard Facebook project entailed.

Mark, and Harvard, were simply being used as incubation think-tanks as a cover for a military project that needed a corporate face….

 

TRANSFER LIFELOG TO FACEBOOK….

This next excerpt requires you to go back to the article to get the full detail. It is included here to simply point out that the LifeLog data was directly ported over to Facebook.

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Chandler told Mark that IBM Eclipse was preparing Michael’s program, as they spoke, to give to Mark for the Facebook launch at EclipseCON ’04 in San Fancisco — right after the Harvard January Reading Period.

He said the plan was to transfer all of the NSA’s LifeLog data as soon as possible to the Facebook platform as well….

 

MASSIVE GOVERNMENT SURVEILLANCE OPERATION

In this next quote, the insider goes into more detail about the massive scope of government surveillance that Facebook and Google are being used for:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

We have not spoken up before now, but I personally cannot hold my silence any longer.

I must speak out openly about the criminal surveillance Mark does through Facebook, because it gets worse every day.

Mark’s handlers tell him to allow more surveillance, even though security breaches, selling customer data, allowing for spying by CIA, NSA, DIA, GCHQ, MI6, Five Eyes,

Lying to Congress, meddling in elections, allowing everyone access to Facebook data, censoring conservatives, being a platform for the Democrat party,

And many other charges [that] have been brought against Facebook in other countries and America.

Mark will not listen to me or anyone else about stopping the insanity.

I believe he is unstable and not fit to run Facebook….

 

WIN THE COUNTRY FOR HILLARY IN 2016 — OR DIE TRYING

Here is a longer version of one of the ‘teaser’ quotes that I pointed out as we started this section… regarding election interference.

Apparently, Facebook was seen as completely expendable if it meant that Hillary would win the 2016 election.

This is exactly what appears to be happening now with YouTube for whoever runs in 2020, as we have discussed throughout this update.

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Mark had been told to win the country for Hillary, or kill the company trying.

He was making astounding mistakes that showed the truth of the evil foundations of Facebook.

Our secrets were gushing out like blood from a slaughtered pig.

I kept talking to Mark, trying to change his mind, but he became more insane and impossible to talk to….

 

MARK WILL GET A DEAL IF FACEBOOK DIES

Another ‘reveal’ that isn’t particularly surprising is that Mark was apparently told not to worry about anything if he did actually destroy Facebook.

Instead of being wiped out, he would apparently become seven times richer:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

Then, one day I realized what Mark was doing with the obvious crash-landing of Facebook.

He was being told that he would get a “deal” with the government charges against the company, and would not have to pay billions in fines.

The deal would be like the government’s deal with Standard Oil when they were charged with anti-trust, monopoly issues.

They were made to break up into seven different companies – all of which became as big or bigger than Standard Oil itself.

Splitting up the monopoly made the owners seven times richer….

 

TRUMP [WITH THE HELP OF THE ALLIANCE] IS DEFEATING THE GLOBALISTS

In this next passage, we see another example I shared in the ‘teaser’ section.

If this insider was strongly pro-Trump, and this was all a LARP, we would expect far more detail in this section than we actually get.

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

I don’t want to go to my grave knowing that I didn’t do something to atone for my sins in perpetuating these lies….

I believe that Mark is doing everything in his power to get President Donald Trump deposed, just as he did everything he could to try to help get Hillary elected.

If Trump continues, the globalists lose.

Mark is a true globalist; he is not an American anymore.

Mark essentially does not have a plan for Facebook. He simply does what he is told, and always has.

Mark has made no decisions on his own – not one.

This current decision to destroy Facebook from the inside out is nothing more than Mark’s handlers using Mark in their last hours of power.

Trump will win 2020 and Facebook will die.

The only question left is whether Trump will charge Mark Fakerberg with the crimes he committed….

 

EVERYONE KNOWS WHAT IS GOING ON

Next, our insider reveals that everyone on the Board of Directors and in the investment teams apparently understands what this company is really up to.

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

As a Facebook insider, I demand Mark be fired, and all assets taken from him due to his non-stop lying to stockholders and Facebook users.

The Board of Directors, underwriters and institutional investors all know about the secret government contracts that have been propping up the company since the beginning, but most average shareholders do not.

It is a government-owned and operated military psy-ops weapon that has gotten out of control.

[It has] been used for treasonous purposes, and for seditious actions against the American people….

 

FORMER SPEECHWRITER SPILLS THE BEANS

This next quote contains the type of insider info that would be very well known to someone who was working on the inside back in 2004.

You can still buy Katherine’s book and read it for yourself at this time:

 

 

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

After she got sick of the lies, Mark’s former speech writer Katherine Losse described in her 2004 book The Boy Kingsthat:

Facebook has stolen personal data and sold it,

Created a “dark” profile on every user and sold it to everyone who would pay the price,

Created secret files of compromising photos,

Allowed all government agencies to access all user data,

Breached every user agreement,

Lied continuously to all users,

Built in back-doors and zero-day programs for the military,

And many other unethical, immoral and illegal activities.

Did Mark Zuckerberg (Greenberg) willing and with intent allow these criminal activities to go on unchecked on Facebook? –

You bet he did. And he is still doing it, and getting worse every day….

 

MARK HAS GOTTEN WORSE

This is the last substantive excerpt we will review from this stunning dossier.

It shows that the globalists’ plan continues on to a communist-style “social credit” system, where your ability to live or die, eat or starve will depend upon how obedient you are.

 

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

I have stood against Mark’s immoral and evil actions since our freshman year at Harvard.

Nothing has changed, except that Mark has gotten worse, and his handlers have become so demanding that they are condemning Facebook to the trash heap — and creating the circumstances for Mark to become even richer and more insane.

His next projects include a system much like what Eric Schmidt has created for China — a social credit system that controls the freedom of every American.

When Facebook is broken up, the new companies will have the Eric Schmidt “Dragonfly” social credit system built in.

Mark wants to be like Eric and control the world from a digital Ivory Tower and oversee the depopulation of the earth.

These maniacs believe they are “above the human race,” and are actually higher beings sent to the earth to control the masses.

From my experience, these attitudes are extremely prevalent with Silicon Valley tech giants — and they make me sick….

 

WILLING TO TESTIFY

Lastly, our insider assures us that he will go forward and participate directly in the coming tribunals, which is very exciting if true:

6/13: Facebook Insider Confesses All
https://aim4truth.org/2019/06/13/facebook-insider-confesses-all/

I personally am willing to testify without immunity and suffer whatever consequences I deserve for knowing these things and never bringing them forth until now.

I know that the corruption is so great in Washington D. C. that I would not stand a chance of bringing forth this information without being squelched, killed, or silenced, like I have seen done to others.

I suggest that the new Attorney General simply read this letter, investigate and then ask Mark Greensberg to program a single line of coherent code.

When he cannot, lock him up.

 

THE ‘PANIC CHUTE’

With all of the above in mind, it is not at all surprising to find out that Zuckerberg apparently has a secret ‘panic chute’ he can try to escape through if it all comes crashing down:

3/8: Mark Zuckerberg’s Conference Room Has a Secret “Panic Chute”
https://www.foxnews.com/tech/mark-zuckerbergs-conference-room-has-a-secret-panic-chute-report-says

Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg has been accused of a lot of things, but a new report details just how far he is willing to take his privacy and safety: he reportedly has a “panic chute” in one of the tech giant’s conference rooms.

An in-depth investigation from Business Insider looked at the company’s security practices, Zuckerberg is said to have a number of different measures to protect himself, including a “Praetorian Guard” (implemented in case an employee tries to rush him when he’s at a company all-hands meeting), as well as the aforementioned “panic chute.”

“He also has access to a large glass-walled conference room in the middle of the space near his desk that features bullet-resistant windows and a panic button,” the news outlet wrote in its story.

“There’s a persistent rumor among Facebook employees that he has a secret ‘panic chute’ his team can evacuate him down to get him out of the office in a hurry.

“The truth of this matter remains murky: One source said they had been briefed about the existence of a secret exit route through the floor of the conference room into the parking garage, but others said they had no knowledge of it.”

 

AN ADDITIONAL VIDEO FOR CONTEXT

The following video does not include all the revelations from this insider letter, but nonetheless gets surprisingly close.

It also has a non-stop feast of motion-graphics eye candy, and is therefore quite a significant effort.

You may need to watch this one more than once, since it moves very quickly as she is obviously reading from a written document:

 

 

All of this adds up to a very compelling narrative.

The same type of sinister intentions revealed in the alleged 1991 meeting about the future of hip-hop music are seen again in the Facebook Dossier.

You may struggle with the idea that this could all be true, and I understand that. It is a very difficult new reality to adjust to.

I do consider the facing of reality to be a very important spiritual discipline to adopt.

 

WHAT ABOUT THE WHOLE DEPOPULATION THING?

You may be wondering why the people who designed this weaponized social media system consider it a tool for depopulation.

The answer is simple: they have created a completely lawless cyber-verse where anyone can do whatever they want, with virtually no repercussions.

In our normal society, we have established, codified laws for how to interact at home, on the streets, in parks, businesses and the workplace.

These laws go back at least to the time of the Roman Empire, if not Sumer itself — and there are standard guidelines.

In the weaponized world of social media, there are no laws. Psychopaths, narcissists, bullies and the like can do as they please.

There are countless cases of people committing suicide or being driven to domestic violence and murder from these situations.

Each death caused by weaponized social media contributes to the elite “goal” of depopulation.

 

AGENTS SPREADING HATRED

Furthermore, once you find yourself in a position of influence that threatens the elite, you will be targeted by paid operatives.

This was revealed in the Snowden documents, and I will now quote from Corey Goode’s recent Public Statement responding to these unrelenting cyber-attacks:

BEGIN EXCERPT

The almost total anonymity of the Internet makes it very easy for individuals to present themselves as something other than what they really are. This activity can then create enormous confusion and anger in the people who feel targeted by these attacks.

Although in the past, my team has pointed this out, again I ask you to please carefully review Glenn Greenwald’s classic article that appeared during the Snowden revelations, on February 24th, 2014. At least read the following quote from the article, as seen below.

In this article, you will see multiple screen captures of actual intel training documents from the Joint Threat Research Intelligence Group, or JTRIG, that should be far more publicized than they have been, up until now. Almost every single strategy revealed in this ‘data dump’ has been used against me, my supporters and my detractors alike in an almost endless cycle of repetition:

How Covert Agents Infiltrate the Internet to Manipulate, Deceive, and Destroy Reputations

“I want to focus and elaborate on the overarching point revealed by all of these documents: namely, that these agencies are attempting to control, infiltrate, manipulate, and warp online discourse, and in doing so, are compromising the integrity of the internet itself.”

“Among the core self-identified purposes of JTRIG are two tactics: (1) to inject all sorts of false material onto the internet in order to destroy the reputation of its targets; and (2) to use social sciences and other techniques to manipulate online discourse and activism to generate outcomes it considers desirable.

“To see how extremist these programs are, just consider the tactics they boast of using to achieve those ends: “false flag operations” (posting material to the internet and falsely attributing it to someone else), fake victim blog posts (pretending to be a victim of the individual whose reputation they want to destroy), and posting “negative information” on various forums.”

 

[Notice in red at the bottom that this document was circulated amongst agencies in the “Five Eyes” countries, namely USA, Australia, Canada, Great Britain and New Zealand.]

 

YouTube video discussing this article:

How The Government Can Destroy Your Reputation (Report):

 

 

By sincerely asking you, my audience, to stand down and not attack anyone, it is my hope that together we can greatly decrease these problems. The invisible assets who are actually being paid to do this will then become far more obvious. They almost never step forward with a face and a name. The vast majority of all of this work is done under total anonymity. Their greatest delight is if they can convince real people to pick up their arguments and further publicize them.

Even if you do believe you have identified a paid operative, I must again please request that you not harass, threaten, intimidate or otherwise bother this person in any way. We all need to be aware that these attacks never draw in more than about one percent of the overall audience, and they largely have not had much of an effect on the message getting out.

END EXCERPT

 

WORTHY OF SERIOUS CONSIDERATION

I have been speaking about UFOs and the Deep State online since the very beginning in 1996, with a website since 1999.

I am a Veteran of Forum Wars and learned a long time ago that you truly must not “feed the trolls.”

All I ever saw was people changing the subject to new attacks or otherwise ignoring you when you debunk their nonsense.

On any given day, if I chose to pay attention to it, there are thousands and thousands of wildly defamatory statements being made about me.

It is possible to toughen up and learn not to take any of this personally. That is a skill that takes practice, and sadly many do not have the tools to do it.

As we now head into the next section, we will discuss the Forbidden Story of the international alliance working to bring all of this elite madness to an end.

This is a story that I have been tracking since 2007 and receiving insider briefings on since 2009, and I am very happy with the progress we are now seeing.

 

CLICK HERE TO CONTINUE TO SECTION FIVE: THE FORBIDDEN STORY

SECTION FIVE: THE FORBIDDEN STORY

 

THE OVERALL PROBLEM EXISTS… AND THERE IS A SOLUTION

Even if certain aspects of this investigation prove to have been distorted or fabricated, which seems unlikely, the overall problem still clearly exists.

People are being tortured and abused, and the world is indeed being run by a handful of corporations with seemingly negative intent.

For many years on this site, we have discussed and revealed the plans of the Alliance, which may well be the hope of the world. This is a key element of the “Forbidden Story” we will discuss in this section.

I would never write about any of this horrible stuff if I didn’t genuinely believe we were on the verge of a major revolution for the positive.

I have been covering the Alliance and its many different moves on this site since at least 2009 — well before the current US president got directly involved.

What the Alliance calls “THE PLAN” is ultimately not political. It could have happened through either party or none at all, depending upon the circumstances.

 

IF YOU KNOW THE FORBIDDEN STORY, THE FUTURE IS OBVIOUS

The evidence of what is coming is completely obvious for those who have been following the Forbidden Story.

The Facebook Insider Dossier hints at it in a few different noteworthy places, as we pointed out in the Teasers in the last section.

If the Deep State is really this close to a full defeat, they only really have a few cards left they can play.

The most familiar Old Standard is the one we all know so well: Start a War!

War drums are now being beaten. This is obviously intended to keep everyone very tense and in a constant state of fear and outrage.

With Iran still acting as a proxy for the Deep State, some degree of conflict may need to occur before the indictments unseal, according to the latest insider briefings.

 

 

 

 

THE “WAR OF ARMAGEDDON” WILL BE STOPPED

The attacks are an old-school Deep State strategy. If all else fails, start a war. Iran is apparently the last, best proxy state left for the Deep State to use to try to do this.

Nothing short of the Biblical War of Armageddon in the Middle East can save them now… but this also will be stopped.

According to insider briefings we received, advanced technology may apparently be used to bring any Deep State-sponsored hostilities to a very rapid conclusion.

This may also provide a means through which the initial stages of disclosure occur — depending upon what technology is used.

We may see the decloaking of flying black triangles in this defensive counterattack, as one example.

At the last minute, the president withdrew from an attack plan in order to spare 150 Iranian lives, which seems very honorable and wise:

 

 

6/21: Trump Scrapped Iran Strikes Because They “Weren’t Proportionate”
https://finance.yahoo.com/news/trump-ordered-military-strike-against-052635806.html

(Bloomberg) — President Donald Trump said he called off retaliatory strikes on three Iranian sites following the downing of a U.S. Navy drone because the action would not have been “proportionate.”

“We were cocked & loaded to retaliate last night on 3 different sights when I asked, how many will die. 150 people, sir, was the answer from a General,” Trump tweeted Friday.

“10 minutes before the strike I stopped it.”

 

SO WHAT IS THE “FORBIDDEN STORY,” EXACTLY?

Now, finally, I will present a super-condensed version of the Forbidden Story as we see it.

The Facebook Insider Dossier we just reviewed in the previous section hints at this greater truth:

“The current US administration is part of a secret, international Alliance that is in a fight to the death with the Deep State, which controls mainstream and social media alike.

The Alliance’s plan goes back for decades. They have been fighting for global freedom since at least the mid-1950s. John F. Kennedy lost his life fighting for the Alliance, among countless others.

The Deep State is far, far worse at the highest levels than most people could ever comprehend… a genocidal Satanic pedo cult that historically ran the world.

The Alliance is revealing the truth to the public through a series of anonymous posts collectively called Q Anon, which repeatedly prove they are connected to the current US administration.

The Deep State’s greatest secret is a vast “breakaway civilization” in space, with technology beyond our wildest dreams… technology paid for by systematically bankrupting this entire planet.

The Alliance’s plan includes the full exposure and defeat of the Deep State, followed by the release of the forbidden knowledge and technology that has been so jealously hidden from us.

Our society will then have the greatest quantum leap in recorded history. This is a significant aspect of what various ancient prophecies referred to as ‘Ascension.’”

 

There is much more that could be expanded upon within this description, but it at least suffices as a starting point.

Our film Above Majestic, released late last October, should be considered “Required Viewing” to comprehend the full scope of the Forbidden Story.

 

 

And yes, our ability to advertise the film was banned during its launch, but we still managed to drive it to number one, thanks to you.

Various people understand portions of the Forbidden Story, but it is less common for people to understand the “Big Picture” and see how all the pieces fit together.

This requires the ability to study and contemplate a huge volume of contentious material. It also requires a very significantly open mind to properly appreciate the data.

The degree of violation that people feel, due to the scope of the lie, can make it very difficult to process and integrate the truth.

 

THE STORY IS QUITE INCREDIBLE

A very unique, dynamic and fascinating story can be assembled from various insiders, including those who publicly came forward.

This includes Col. Philip Corso, Sgt. Clifford Stone, Master Sgt. Daniel M. Salter, Major Bob Dean, Karl Wolfe, David Adair, Henry Deacon, Pete Peterson, Corey Goode, William Tompkins and Emery Smith.

Other super-insiders such as “Jacob,” “Bruce,” “Daniel”, “Uncle,” “Stan,” “Mega Anon” and the like have provided incredible information to my wife and me alike, and have yet to step forward — but that may change.

It is quite fascinating to find genuine insiders and to compare and contrast their information with others from this same world.

No two stories are ever alike, but whenever you find real insiders, there are multiple, astonishing, unexpected correlations.

In certain cases these insiders know of each other and do not like each other, but that doesn’t change the underlying continuity of their reports.

In all honesty, if we haven’t created secret bases at least on the Moon and Mars, some 72 years after Roswell, then we suck.

 

NEVER THE SAME

The world has never been the same since the 2016 elections.

A wealth of disgusting and depressing information hit mass consciousness with the October 2016 Wikileaks emails.

This appears to be the work of the Alliance — an international confederation of factions working to defeat the Deep State.

This includes governmental officials, militaries and intelligence agencies that have managed to break away from the System.

The truths contained in those emails are so horrifying that many people have refused to believe that they could be real.

Almost all of the videos exploring this have been sanitized, but we preserved the best — and worst — of all this knowledge in the ENDGAME series.

In the aftermath of these leaks, millions of people became awakened to a far greater reality — one that I have been directly aware of since the 1990s.

Now imagine that DECLAS is coming… a treasure-trove of data far larger, and more fascinating and disturbing, than anything we have seen up until now.

 

MOST CIVILIANS ARE NOT ACTUALLY DYING IN THIS “SHADOW WORLD WAR III”

We now find ourselves in an immensely interesting situation.

The current US administration appears to be involved in a “shadow World War III” that is yet to be fully acknowledged by any mainstream media whatsoever.

Many civilians are voluntarily enlisting to be soldiers in this war.

However, unlike previous wars, being defeated in this battle does not lead to your physical death in the vast majority of cases.

A battlefield defeat can now be as simple as losing your video channel, social media page, or being “demonetized” and “shadowbanned” into temporary obscurity.

There will always be ways for us to communicate. Please sign up with your email address on this site if you haven’t already done so.

I also expect game-changing developments that will remove our obstacles to free speech soon enough.

 

 

HITTING BOTTOM AND GOING THROUGH RECOVERY

The “Artificial Intelligence Initiative” wants us to so directly identify with our cyber-selves that a digital banning feels like a literal death… but it is not.

This is a very important key of how we navigate this All is Lost point. We have to break the addiction.

Losing the ability to post on Facebook, Twitter or YouTube does not mean that YOU cease to exist.

I want you to really think about this. I have spent a great deal of time meditating on all of this myself.

You may want to redefine who and what you think of as “friends” and “social interaction.”

You may want to look at a digital dry-out as the modern equivalent of seeking a path of sobriety and clean living.

That includes breaking any financial dependency you may have upon Big Tech, which can admittedly seem impossible.

You may break a very intense addiction, which forces you to go through a recovery process… but I do believe sunny days are ahead.

 

DIVORCE YOUR STORY AND MARRY THE TRUTH

Despite the popularity I described in earlier sections, I will go days, if not weeks at a time without ever considering my cyber-identity.

In order to survive doing this, I rarely ever pay any attention to the negative opinions that proliferate about me. If you do, you can easily have a stress meltdown.

I do my best to be a person of honor, integrity and compassion. I know who I am. I do not engage the cyber-attacks or infighting, nor respond with self-defense.

You can let the buildings burn, because it’s all just a light show within the cyber-verse… ultimately speaking.

The only reason I mentioned it at all in this update is that certain individuals have dramatically escalated the battle, including attempts to generate physical threats at my events.

Once you free yourself from the perpetual “reward mechanism” of the DARPA addiction, you can appreciate the good things in life once again.

You take a walk without looking at your phone. Meet real friends in real places. Get out in nature. Have real-world experiences. Divorce your digital story… and marry the truth.

 

NOW IT IS WIDESPREAD

As I have said many times, I had two college sociology classes that exposed the Deep State and parts of its agenda in 1992.

The two key books that then sent me deeper into this path were The Character, Claims and Practical Workings of Freemasonryby Rev. C.G. Finney, and New World Order: The Ancient Plan of Secret Societies by William T. Still.

The fruits of all of this tireless research can be found in Financial Tyranny, a full-length free book on this site that has had well over 2.6 million unique views.

Furthermore, most of the articles we have written since Q Anon started have cracked the four-million mark in views, and are of key importance.

It used to be quite mystifying to watch movies absolutely loaded with Cabal symbols — the Arch of Ba’al, the All-Seeing Eye, et cetera — and to feel like I was the only one seeing what was happening.

Now all of that has changed. The knowledge has become widespread.

 

DISTURBING NEWS IS NOW COMMONPLACE

Very strange stories keep popping up, like this one. There are thousands of these if you begin looking for them.

What we are likely seeing in this case is a ritual site that was actively used, with some removable sod placed over the top of it:

 

6/22: Satanic Plaque and Altar Unearthed in the Queen’s Park in Holyrood, Scotland
https://www.ancient-origins.net/news-history-archaeology/satanic-plaque-and-altar-scotland-0012180

In a secluded area of The Queen’s Holyrood Park in Edinburgh, Scotland, archaeologists have unearthed two mysterious objects.

[This includes] a metal plaque depicting an upside-down pentagram with a horned beast in the center – most likely the demonic entity Baphomet.

[It also includes] an altar with undisclosed “display objects” around the plinth.

 

 

While news outlets are calling the objects pagan, the symbology appears more associated with satanism and devil worship….

Holyrood…was eventually expanded into a substantial palace which served as the principal residence of the Kings and Queens of Scots since the 16 th century.

So just what are a couple of satanic objects doing in The Queen’s Park?

 

Mysterious Find in Queen’s Park

Edinburgh Evening News reports that the metal plaque and altar were found embedded in the ground within a section of turf cut into a triangle shape.

A concrete altar was found buried beneath the topsoil and apparently was surrounded by “display objects”, though what these objects were have not been specified.

A number of rune stones were found embedded in the concrete triangle around the metal plaque, along with the depiction of a number of different figures.

The objects were found in May last year and Historic Environment Scotland, which manages the park, brought in archaeologists to investigate the site.  But the mystery deepens. The Scotland reports:

“But, even more curiously, according to a new report compiled by Musselburgh-based firm CFA Archaeology and seen by The Scotsman, both had been removed “by persons unknown” at some point before they investigated the site in April this year, leaving just the concrete plinth and holes in the turf behind.”

 

THE Q ANON PHENOMENON

By now, if you are unaware of what is happening with Q Anon, you are really missing out on an amazing story.

We will have more to say on this in future updates, and there is a wealth of information in past articles on this site since it all started in October 2017.

To read them, you can either go to qanon.pub or qmap.pub, which is more smartphone-friendly and adds context.

The most shocking aspect is the enormous number of “Q Proofs” that absolutely demonstrate, beyond any shadow of doubt, that these posts MUST originate from the US administration directly.

I will present a new summary of that evidence later on. You will not find it on mainstream media, and the tech giants are definitely trying to bury the Forbidden Story.

The Facebook Insider Dossier never mentions it, but does acknowledge that this administration is working to expose and arrest the Deep State.

At some point, this obviously WILL go public. It is only a question of when… and how. Then everyone will be going back and looking at the Q posts.

The Forbidden Story is incredibly exciting, and as I said, an audience of 1200 people at Contact in the Desert were extremely supportive of it.

 

THE ALL-IMPORTANT Q ANON QUOTE NUMBER 2700

The Q Anon quotes of September 19th, 2018 are likely the single most significant in understanding the secret space program aspects of the Forbidden Story, as I wrote in this mega-article.

However, I also feel that Quote Number 2700, from February 12th, 2019, is arguably the second most important Q quote to date.

Prior to this time, we were getting briefings that the Deep State tribunals would be held in secret, over a period of one or two years.

We were also told that very little, if any of the information would reach the public.

Quote 2700 shattered that myth / belief / perception / understanding forever… for those millions who follow it.

 

THIS CAN NEVER HAPPEN AGAIN

Take a look:

Q !!mG7VJxZNCI ID: 539e80 No.5140929
Feb 12 2019 11:34:13 (EST)

POTUS: “This can never be allowed to happen again (in our Country or to another President).”

How do you deter & prevent this from happening again?

Simply by terminating employment of those responsible?
Simply by conducting a few ‘non-threatening’ investigations?

Or by:
Prosecuting those responsible to the fullest extent of the law?
Setting up new checks & balances and oversight designed to increase transparency?
Provide OIG office(s) w/ funding inc (size) ++ authority?
Provide select committees w/ access and in-house viewing of non NAT SEC CLAS material?
Provide a check on Directors/Dep Directors/Asst Directors of all such ABC agencies?
Establish ‘financial checks/reviews’ of those in senior (critical) positions (audits) + direct family (close proximity)?

Transparency and Prosecution is the only way forward to save our Republic and safeguard such criminal and treasonous acts from occurring again.

While some want to quietly remove those responsible and go about our business (save face on the World Stage), those in control understand this band-aid will simply not work.

Nobody should be above the law (no matter how massive the spider-web is (entangled)).

This will never happen again.

TRUTH WORKS.
FACTS MATTER.
Q

 

WHY IS THIS QUOTE SO SIGNIFICANT?

If you haven’t been following our articles, you may very well want to review the last two years in particular.

We were the only media source to get world-exclusive interviews with Mega Anon, who precisely predicted the contents of Q Anon months in advance.

Both my wife and I had extensive conversations with her. Like any real insider, at times she went far over our heads in technical detail.

Very soon after Q Anon appeared, Mega Anon stopped talking, and the story since opened up to a vastly greater audience.

 

THE SECRET TRIBUNALS

We had a variety of briefings indicating that secret tribunals had begun as of January 1st, 2019.

This included the Q Anon post number 2645, from January 5th, 2019, which included the words “EO (Executive Order) active.”

 

 

This was an obvious reference to Executive Order 13825, “2018 Amendments to the Manual for Courts-Martial, United States,” signed March 1st, 2018.

EO 13825 was cleverly worded to allow for treasonous Deep State actors to be prosecuted via military tribunals as of January 1st, 2019.

Here is a bit of the legalese explaining that, taken directly from the official US National Archives Federal Register website:

https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2018/03/08/2018-04860/2018-amendments-to-the-manual-for-courts-martial-united-states

Sec. 3. (a) Pursuant to section 5542 of the Military Justice Act of 2016 (MJA), division E of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017, Public Law 114-328, 130 Stat. 2000, 2967 (2016), except as otherwise provided by the MJA or this order, the MJA shall take effect on January 1, 2019.

 

This and other very relevant and interconnected executive orders were covered by Intellihub on September 26th, 2018.

 

ANOTHER VERY IMPORTANT QUOTE….

If “EO Active” wasn’t sufficient, in post number 2672, from January 13th, 2019, it said, “GJ [Grand Jury] testimony underway in several states.” Take a look:

Q !!mG7VJxZNCI ID: 9c745a No.4739743
Jan 13 2019 14:08:58 (EST)

https://www.realclearinvestigations.com/articles/2018/02/11/former_cia_director_john_brennan_investigated_for_perjury.html

D House focus on POTUS = ‘insurance’ extension from MUELLER to House.
GJ testimony underway in several states.

Attempts to BLOCK/PROTECT themselves will FAIL.
Far beyond political corruption/sedition.

Law governing removal of a sitting Congress(m/w)/Senator?
Lights on.
Q

 

In a briefing I had received from Pete Peterson this past October, he said that “Almost all members of Congress are listed in the sealed indictments.”

This appears to be why Q said this goes “far beyond political corruption” and discusses laws “governing removal of a sitting [member of] Congress” or the Senate.

The information leaks about these tribunals were very consistent through January and the first week of February.

Then, just as surprisingly, everything we were hearing about “secret tribunals” just disappeared. For everyone getting briefings.

From what little we’ve heard through certain sources, they were paused due to a key judge being ill, or for otherwise unknown reasons.

Quote 2700 gives a far greater insight into what has actually happened compared to any other alleged insider sources to date.

When Q said “some want to quietly remove those responsible… and save face on the world stage,” those “some” were obviously Alliance members.

This may very well explain why Big Tech has completely ruined free speech in the cyber-verse. They are truly desperate.

 

DRILLING IN DEEPER ON QUOTE 2700

Quote 2700 is very relevant because we had already heard and communicated briefings saying that certain Alliance factions were pushing for everything to remain secret.

I conveyed this information, while also making it clear, very consistently, that I would vastly prefer that these trials be made public.

Since I am not in control of what is going on, nor being asked for my opinion, I simply reported what I was hearing.

We as human beings have been through many great struggles and crises, and have bounced back from seemingly unimaginable societal traumas.

By comparison to various traumatic events in our own recent history, getting confirmation that a Satanic cult was ruling the world and is finally being arrested is not really that upsetting.

There will be a profound sense of relief in many people. They knew such a thing existed and now, finally, this group is being brought to justice.

 

THE SECRET TRIBUNAL STRATEGY HAS BEEN CANCELED

Again, Quote 2700 acknowledges that some Alliance factions wanted to keep this secret: “Some want to quietly remove those responsible and go about our business (save face on the World Stage.)”

Then, we are clearly told that this “secret tribunals” strategy has since been abandoned:

“Those in control understand this (secret tribunal) band-aid will simply not work….

Transparency and Prosecution is the only way forward to save our Republic and safeguard such criminal and treasonous acts from occurring again.”

This again was written on February 12th, 2019, and represented a very significant and little-noticed POLICY CHANGE within the Alliance.

Therefore, I propose that the reason why we’re not hearing about secret tribunals anymore is that they have been canceled, and the events that will soon follow will NOT be secret.

“Transparency” will be a key part of what happens. And when it does happen, it will be the most stunning Big Twist in modern world history.

 

CRITICAL QUOTES FOR YOU TO CONTEMPLATE

Again, this is such a vast subject that to create one single, all-encompassing proof document is nearly impossible.

For that same reason, I highly recommend working through the articles we wrote since just before it started, one by one.

It will take you some time, but it will be highly rewarding. Again, all but the last two have now had about four million views.

Now I want to direct your attention to a series of critical quotes that emerged after the all-important Quote 2700.

Since the Q Anon posts have again taken a precipitous pause for almost an entire month, now is the time for us to go back and review the wealth of intel that we already have.

And please understand that this is ultimately not a political discussion. Nor do I want to try to convert you to any ideology.

This is an unbiased investigation of what may be “the biggest covert intelligence operation in recorded history,” and something that will soon be common knowledge.

 

QUOTES 2786 AND 2787

Apparently, the first wave of DECLAS will involve the revealing of a gigantic coup attempt against the president during and after the election.

The Facebook Insider Dossier confirmed this when he discussed Russia-gate and said “it was all made up and, in fact, was the exact opposite of what the media reported.

This coup attempt was done with the use of multiple foreign spy agencies to circumvent US surveillance laws.

Again, even if you don’t like the current president at all, we are still a nation of laws, and this constitutes high treason.

When you hear about FISA memos, that’s the Foreign Intelligence Services Act.

There are many, many signs available in the news that FISA-Gate is the first MOAB that will drop in DECLAS. Take a look:

 

2786, 2/18: https://mobile.twitter.com/realDonaldTrump/status/1097488256848007173

The President of the United States, the Commander in Chief, AGREED that an illegal coup was attempted against him.
Stop and understand the GRAVITY of acknowledgement.

Do you believe nothing will happen?
Do you believe no one will be prosecuted?

POTUS making statements for no reason?
How do you introduce the TRUTH to those still asleep?
DECLAS coming?
The message must be direct (bypass the non reporting of the TRUTH (facts) by FAKE ‘spin the narrative’ NEWS).
Q”

2787, 2/18: “THE BIGGEST SCANDAL IN OUR KNOWN HISTORY [A NEW WORD FOR ‘TREASON’ WILL NEED TO BE INVENTED].”

 

PREDICTING THE MASS BETRAYAL

On February 18th, 2019, Q Anon predicted the mass betrayal of creators that we have now seen on YouTube.

Specifically, they intercepted ‘chatter’ within Big Tech on “how to effectively prevent cross-talk” that goes counter to their established ‘narrative.’

Big Tech is also apparently looking at countermeasures to stop people from talking on ‘Zero Day’, which is when the DECLAS data dumps arrive.

One of Big Tech’s ideas is to stage a fake take-down of “select platforms,” and Q assures us that “countermeasures are in place” for this:

 

2793, 2/18: “Chatter uptick re: how to effectively prevent cross-talk re: anti-narrative across all social media/online platforms.

Ability to prevent cross-talk narrows comms only to FAKE NEWS, which provides for more control over what is released to inform the public.

A series of scenarios is currently being conducted [‘game the sys’] to test response, risk, and calc results.

‘Censorship’ — [added] layers of inserted code ‘through keyword targeting’ in bio, history, and comments + indiv platform mods — has failed to curtail the problem.

‘China-Russia-Iran’ ‘fake’ take-down hacks of select platforms (for maintenance) is one scenario being game-played.
[Zero-Day]

Countermeasures in place.
[Example]
Think Emergency Alert System.
Think WH-controlled *new* RT ‘news’ website
Think WH-controlled *new* video stream platform
Think Here.

Should this occur, immediate steps will be taken to classify each as ‘Public Utility’ (essential public services) to gain appropriate gov regulation (control).

Why do we make things public?
Q”

 

Indeed, Q has already telegraphed that when they need to make the Big Announcement, they will use the Emergency Alert System on our phones.

This system was tested nationwide last September with a Presidential Alert. I was very excited as it came in on my phone, but it wasn’t the Big One.

 

 

The Alliance may also debut their own version of YouTube, as we see here — a “new video stream platform.”

And 8Chan, which is what they obviously seem to mean by ‘here,’ may also be used.

 

WORLDWIDE COVERAGE WILL BE FORCED

Quote 2803 makes it clear that worldwide coverage will be FORCED to occur by a series of interconnecting factors:

2803, 2/18: “Look for ‘Placeholder’ updates @ /PatriotsFight

Indictments, arrests, and DECLAS will force WW coverage.

Leaks, bribery, collusion re: media will force resignations w/ follow up criminal prosecution.
Q”

 

Also notice in this quote that the “leaks, bribery and media collusion” that we are now seeing, such as with YouTube, will indeed force resignations and criminal prosecution.

There is a “hard deadline” of this coming to pass by mid-September, likely due to the importance of it not affecting the elections any further.

This is the time. Ready or not, here it comes.

2806, 2/19: Image, “Now that Russia collusion is a proven lie, when do the trials for treason begin?”

 

 

QUOTE 2814: CONTROLLED AT THE TOP, NO LEAKS

We used to be able to get a wide variety of briefings through various insider sources.

Now, we are all waiting in anticipation, with very little intel other than Q itself to go by.

There really are no exceptions to this, and anyone who thinks otherwise is unaware of what is really happening.

Q also made it clear that the information they did release already was necessary to prepare us for what is coming:

 

2814, 2/19: “Discretion must be applied when dealing w/ matters of NAT SEC / sensitive ongoing investigations.

Info released to date was necessary in order to refute the FAKE NEWS narrative and provide the public w/ a taste of the TRUTH (i.e. future events).

Conf sources (House) that you gain critical info from is simply one of many vehicles used (by design).

CONTROLLED AT THE TOP.
NO LEAKS for this reason.
Q”

 

QUOTE 2816: DECLASSIFICATION WILL OCCUR

This next passage addressed the ongoing complaints of people wanting immediate action, and being greatly upset by all the waiting.

I am quite certain that a magnificent, impossible-to-obstruct case is being put together, and once it all unfolds it will be quite spectacular:

 

2816, 2/19: “The DECLASSIFICATION of all requested documents (+ more) will occur.

This is not a game.
Do not let personal (emotional) desires (“do it now””now””what is taking so long””NOW!”) take over.

Logical thinking and strategy should always be applied.
Game-Theory.

WE ALL WANT TO SEE EQUAL JUSTICE UNDER THE LAW.

NEW THREATS (investigations by [SDNY], [AS], [MW] in an effort to delay/prevent release (‘insurance extension’) WILL FAIL.

TRANSPARENCY is the only way forward.”

 

PUBLICATION OF REQUEST FOR DECLAS

In post 2819, we get a screen-capture of a request for DECLAS from 9/17/18, although you have to read it in the reverse order:

 

 

POST 2843: DECLAS WILL “MAKE THE SUPER BOWL LOOK LIKE A PUPPY SHOW”

In post 2843, Q responded to a comment on 8Chan, and said that once the Mueller investigation wraps up, “the fun begins directly after,” as in very soon from right now:

2843, 2/20: “Anonymous   adf50c (9)  No.5294864>>5294883 >>5294930 >>5294942>>5294949 >>5294980

THE END IS NEAR and THERE WILL BE NO CHARGES AGAINST THE PRESIDENT

John Solomon on Hannity”

But, you knew that already.
Hence why [AS][SDNY][MW] are attempting to keep the ‘insurance’ scheme ongoing post Mueller.
FEAR.

The fun begins directly after.
Will make the Super Bowl look like a puppy show.
Q”

 

THE ARREST OF CARDINAL PELL DIRECTLY MENTIONED

In case you don’t think DECLAS will include evidence of high-level child trafficking crimes, quote 2894 proves otherwise:

2894, 2/25:

https://edition.cnn.com/2019/02/25/australia/cardinal-george-pell-vatican-conviction-intl/index.html 
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-australia-47366113
https://www.reuters.com/article/us-australia-abuse-pell/vatican-treasurer-pell-found-guilty-of-abusing-two-choir-boys-22-years-ago-idUSKCN1QF009

Many more to come?
Dark to LIGHT.
Q”

 

QUOTE 2939: US ATTORNEY JOHN HUBER DOING THE WORK

Multiple briefings have confirmed that US Attorney John Huber, out of Utah, is the main attorney directing the mass sealed indictments.

Q gave a link to an ABC News article, but did not quote some of the most important elements of what it said.

If you read the article, it says, “Cristina Ortega is an Assistant U.S. Attorney here in Utah. “My primary focus in the violent crimes team is child porn. Child porn cases.””

Elsewhere in the article, it says, “There are now 56 prosecutors in the U.S. Attorneys Utah office.”

With that as our starting point, notice what Q Anon then asked us to look at:

2939, 3/3:

https://www.abc4.com/news/local-news/prosecuting-major-criminals-behind-the-badge-with-utah-s-us-attorneys/1813060694

Sometimes reading between the lines provides…

“Huber says every one of the prosecutors is already handling about twenty cases.”

“They range from domestic terrorism to court-authorized wiretaps of criminal organizations to child pedophiles and those who would exploit our children.

Criminal aliens. Big fraud schemes.”

Q”

 

56 prosecutors working 20 cases each is a whopping 1,120 different cases, and each sealed indictment can have dozens of names in it.

“Domestic terrorism…. Criminal organizations… big fraud schemes.”

Other Q drops indicated that this is only one aspect of a much larger, unified team working on a significantly greater number of cases.

Also remember that as each case turns into a sealed indictment, they are likely moving on immediately to new cases.

 

POST 2940: DIRECT LINK TO SEALED INDICTMENTS

In 2940, from March 3rd, Q again directed our attention to the ongoing increase of sealed indictments on the record.

They also pointed out that these indictments are international as well… not just domestic within the USA:

2940, 3/3: “February 2019 Update to #SealedCases

5,832 new 82,324 entered 10/30/17 thru 2/28/19

Avg: 5,145 per month

https://drive.google.com/drive/u/2/folders/1iBS4WgngH8u8-wAqhehRIWCVBQKD8-5Y

>5486062
Thank you, Anon.
Note: Not all are USA v. [ ]
Nothing to see here.
Q”

 

THE FACEBOOK / LIFELOG CONNECTION

A series of posts, beginning with number 2988 on March 6th, discussed the LifeLog / Facebook connection.

In hindsight, this seems oddly prophetic of the Facebook Insider Dossier that then followed in June:

2988, 3/6: https://twitter.com/amyboo69/status/1103512061693161472

Define ‘Lifelog’ [DARPA].

“an ontology-based (sub)system that captures, stores, and makes accessible the flow of one person’s experience in and interactions with the world in order to support a broad spectrum of associates/assistants and other system capabilities”.

The objective of the LifeLog concept was “to be able to trace the ‘threads’ of an individual’s life in terms of events, states, and relationships”, and it has the ability to “take in all of a subject’s experience, from phone numbers dialed and e-mail messages viewed to every breath taken, step made and place gone”.

Define ‘FB’.

The Facebook service can be accessed from devices with Internet connectivity, such as personal computers, tablets and smartphones. After registering, users can create a customized profile revealing information about themselves.

Users can post text, photos and multimedia of their own devising and share it with other users as “friends”. Users can use various embedded apps, and receive notifications of their friends’ activities. Users may join common-interest groups.

 

Compare & Contrast.
DARPA senior employees > FB?
DARPA TERMINATES PROGRAM FEB 4, 2004.
FB FOUNDED FEB 4, 2004.
DARPA = FB
Q”

 

ADDITIONAL FB / DARPA POSTS

This thread continued on with post 2989 and beyond, as follows:

2989, 3/6: “Logical thinking.

Did DARPA complete build/code (tax-payer funded) ‘LifeLog’ program?

After completion, was there fear the public wouldn’t accept the adoption if known it was DoD/C_A backed?

Do you believe people would join a platform knowing it was under the control of the C_A and FED GOV?
No.

How do you lure the masses into entering all their personal info and private messages (i.e. their LIFE LOG) onto a new platform?
Do you make it cool?

How did FB ‘supposedly’ start and launch?
Ivy league only?
Develop a trend and/or following?

 

How do you keep the project running w/o ‘public’ taxpayer funds? [DoD reported LifeLog was TERMINATED to Congress/Senate OS]

Define ‘Black Budget’.
Did HWOOD push?
Do people follow the ‘stars’?

Competitors systematically attacked (myspace) to prevent comp?

THE LARGEST ‘COLLECTIVE’ SOCIAL MEDIA PLATFORM IN THE WORLD (BILLIONS LOGGED) IS OWNED AND OPERATED (COVERTLY) BY THE CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The More You Know.
Q”

 

EXPLORATION OF ZUCKERBERG CONNECTION

There is a common insider sentiment online that Mark Zuckerberg is actually the grandson of David Rockefeller.

This Q post speculates on the family tree of Priscilla Chan, Mark’s wife, and I honestly have not encountered anything unusual about her.

It appears that her parents were Hoa Chinese refugees who fled to the US on boats from Vietnam. Here is the post:

2990, 3/7: “Expand your thinking.
If covertly operated [data accessible to project designators] would they attempt to prevent any type of GOV regulations from being imposed?
Expand your thinking further.

Why was MZ chosen as CEO (public figure) tasked to expand growth?
Family tree of MZ?
Who is the wife of MZ?
Family tree of wife?

Why won’t CHINA allow FB?
Situational awareness?
Do they know it’s an individual collection asset program being covertly operated by the C_A?
Do they know it’s been expanded to tap into the microphone of any device for listening and bulk data collection?
Do they know it’s been expanded to tap into the GPS router of the device for RT tracking?
Do they know it’s been expanded to tap into the camera function of the device in order to view/record all target designators?
Q”

 

MAJOR STEPS UNDERWAY TO CHALLENGE THE CONTROL

In this next post, number 2992, we hear that ‘major steps’ are being taken to offset the enormous problem we have with Big Tech.

Given the world that the Alliance is working within, those “Major Steps” may well be far beyond our ability to imagine at this time:

2992, 3/7:

https://qz.com/1145669/googles-true-origin-partly-lies-in-cia-and-nsa-research-grants-for-mass-surveillance/
[DARPA>GOOG]
Re-review past drops.
Major steps underway to challenge these control pockets.
Q”

 

BIG TECH AND THE C_A CONNECTION

As we move on to post number 3006, things get even more interesting about the intel connections to Big Tech.

Again, all of these suggestions are logical extrapolations if what we saw in the Facebook Insider Dossier is true.

Social media is being indicated as a key weapon in the mass surveillance of elected officials:

 

3006, 3/9: “What happens when the C_A targets [spy + tech insertion] of GOOG, FB [LifeLog], Twitter, etc etc?

https://www.foxnews.com/tech/mark-zuckerbergs-conference-room-has-a-secret-panic-chute-report-says

What happens when people wake up to the fact that FB is a cover for LifeLog [DARPA]?
What happens when people discover all RT data [inputs + listening/camera/GPS meta] is being harvested and made accessible to Langley?

Charter of the NSA? DOMESTIC + FOREIGN?
Charter of the C_A? FOREIGN (NOT DOMESTIC (FORBID LAW))

Why is the C_A conducting an active umbrella collection campaign [stringer tangents to 9] against all US citizens through LifeLog [FB] absorb/tan targeting?

Bypass data encryption on phone/tablet etc?
Primary focus on elected officials?
Primary focus on elected officials in key sub committees?

 

THE INDICTMENTS ARE COMING SOON ENOUGH

These next two posts are very exciting reminders that all this talk of sealed indictments will indeed lead to unsealing and mass arrests, all through legal means:

3011, 3/9: “Sealed > Unsealed.
Indictments coming.
Q”

3041, 3/12: “The unsealing of the first several indictments will bring about ‘unity’ and ‘change’ – ‘change’ that ‘we’ can believe in.

Returning ‘POWER’ to the PEOPLE.
Returning ‘THE RULE OF LAW’ to OUR LAND.

WE STAND TOGETHER.
WE STAND TOGETHER AS PATRIOTS.
Q”

 

OUTAGES LEADING TO INTELLIGENCE GATHERING

In this next category of posts, we did receive insider briefings that pre-dated the arrival of this intel on Q.

What we have heard is that both Facebook and Google got hacked by the Alliance, and treasure-troves of documents were pulled out.

Those documents will very likely vindicate what is in the Facebook Insider Dossier, along with much, much more.

The Facebook outage of March 13th was quite intense, and lasted for the better part of an entire day.

I was personally affected by this when I tried to upload my one and only Facebook Live video that same day. Here is what I saw:

 

 

The great Google outage came later on in June.

Based on these Q posts, it appears that a hacking technique involving the use of a “garbage file” allowed the Alliance “cleaning crew” access:

 

3/13: FB, Instagram Go Down Across US in Apparent Outage
https://www.usatoday.com/story/tech/talkingtech/2019/03/13/facebook-instagram-go-down-across-united-states-apparent-outage/3151883002/

3048: “How much more obvious can any of this be?
Think LifeLog dump.”

3051 & 52, 3/13:

LifeLog problems?
Garbage File?
Q

>>5669520
Kids say they can’t log into Instagram or post on facebook

>>5669639
The ‘cleaning crew’ is active.
Size = time+ to complete.
Q

 

NOW STOP AND THINK FOR A MINUTE….

Let’s say that this is absolutely true. Imagine that Big Tech was completely aware that this was not a normal outage, but a massive Alliance hack.

Let’s say Big Tech was then able to see what files were taken, and how incriminating they would be… akin to the Facebook Dossier but perhaps even far, far worse.

This epic hack took place on March 13th. It was only a matter of days before the massive, full-scale conversion of YouTube to PooTube then occurred.

The widespread public outrage from betrayed YouTube creators was already well underway in early April, as you saw in the original video in this Ebook.

Again, you do need to have an open mind to be able to comprehend an operation of this size. Once all is said and done, this will all become historical fact, not a speculation.

It was also an amusing ‘synchronicity’ that as my browser auto-saved while I was writing this paragraph about precision computer events, I got an 11:11 in the clock, down to the second:

 

 

THE EPIC GOOGLE OUTAGE OF JUNE 2ND, 2019

Q Anon has been completely silent ever since May 26th, 2019… nearly a month at the time of this writing.

However, we did get briefings confirming that the epic Google outage of June 2nd, 2019 served the same apparent purpose as the Facebook outage:

6/2: Internet Stops Working Properly Due to Google Outage
https://www.independent.co.uk/life-style/gadgets-and-tech/news/google-down-youtube-snapchat-internet-not-working-loading-a8941126.html

Large parts of the internet appear to have broken, seemingly because of an issue at Google.

Websites and services including YouTube and Snapchat stopped working properly, with tens of thousands of users complaining about the problems.

Google’s own services such as Gmail, Google Drive, its Nest smart home service and just about every product in its Gsuite set of apps were broken by the problems with the company’s own cloud services.

But it also hit sites that are not owned by Google but rely on its technology, including Uber, Vimeo, and chat app Discord.

Users complained it was difficult or impossible to log in to the sites, which rely on Google’s cloud services to power their central functions.

Together, the sites represent a significant proportion of the internet as people use it. On YouTube alone, people watch more than a billion hours of video each day.

 

The issues lasted for more than an hour before Google claimed to have located the issue and said it had been fixed.

“We are experiencing high levels of network congestion in the eastern USA, affecting multiple services in Google Cloud, G Suite and YouTube,” a note on Google’s page reads.

“Users may see slow performance or intermittent errors. We believe we have identified the root cause of the congestion and expect to return to normal service shortly.”

Corey Goode, [06.03.19 07:11] I am told the Internet outages with these different companies was related to the alliance grabbing information to use against them in court.

 

POST 3082: GOOGLE IMPLICATED IN TREASON

When we go ahead to March 15th, in post 3082 we have the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff admitting that Google is “directly or indirectly aiding the Chinese military” and is not providing support to the US:

 

Embedded video

Josh Hawley

@HawleyMO

Must watch video: Joint Chiefs Chairman says Google refuses to work with US military but provides “direct benefit” to China’s military

23.3K people are talking about this

 

 

3087: USAF AND ARMY INDICATE ALLIANCE SUPPORT FOR Q ANON

In this next instance from March 15th, the US military indicated its direct support of the Q Anon initiative in coded call signs from flights on March 14th:

3087, 3/15:

 

 

Q: “Powerful statement of UNITY.”

 

This is one of a small number of publicly-visible signs that there is widespread military cooperation with this planet-saving initiative.

 

POTENTIAL PROGRAMMING OF NEW ZEALAND SHOOTER

Post 3100, from March 17th, reveals that the infamous “14 Fish” design was written onto the New Zealand mass shooter’s gun.

By linking to this image, Q Anon has suggested an accurate deciphering of the mysterious code.

As it turns out, it is a Luciferian myth of Osiris, who was allegedly chopped into 14 pieces.

All but the 14th piece, his phallus, was recovered. The phallus was replaced with an artificial one made of gold, symbolized by the obelisk.

This is considered the “male aspect of Lucifer” in the secret religion, whereas Isis is the female aspect.

Insiders have told me that this bodily replacement represents the AI (Artificial Intelligence) initiative, to integrate our flesh-and-blood bodies with machines that are far easier to control.

 

 

When you survey this image and read the accompanying Q post, there is an implication that Podesta himself was involved in organizing this event through the use of MKULTRA:

3100, 3/17:

What does a dog do when he/she has a bone?
Did he have a therapist?
Who paid for his travel to the Middle East?
Q

 

MARCH 18TH: FIRST ROUND OF INDICTMENTS?

On March 18th, Q posted photos of James Clapper, Sally Yates, Susan Rice, Loretta Lynch, John Brennan, James Comey and Andrew McCabe.

This could very well suggest that these will be the first names to appear in unsealed indictments as part of FISAgate.

This initial ‘reveal’ was further explained as being only the ‘lead-in’ to far greater DECLAS events in a post on March 20th:

3125 Q !!mG7VJxZNCI ID: 0ad5ef No.5791828
Mar 20 2019 13:11:41 (EST)

https://twitter.com/drawandstrike/status/1108407275939606529
The attempted ‘COUP’ [TREASON] opens the ‘public’ door to more serious……
The PILL must be easy to swallow.
The ‘LEAD-IN’.
The PUBLIC must be prepared for what is about to come.
“THE CLINTON FOUNDATION” +++++++++++++++++++++++++
Q

 

POST 3127: Q GETS ATTACKED BECAUSE IT POSES A SIGNIFICANT THREAT

Also on March 20th, Q again pointed out the ongoing, awesome attack campaign against them being waged by the MSM.

They ask a very simple question… why would the MSM be bothering to attack them so regularly if they were not the greatest threat of all?

3127 Q !!mG7VJxZNCI ID: b16726 No.5792657
Mar 20 2019 13:45:07 (EST)

Ask yourself a very simple Q.
Would the FAKE NEWS media (& other controlled assets) expend this amount of time and resource attacking [attempt to discredit – cast as conspiracy – LARP] this movement IF IT DID NOT POSE A SIGNIFICANT THREAT [DANGER]?

YOU ATTACK THOSE WHO THREATEN YOU THE MOST.
Logical thinking.
Q

 

A CASE THAT COULD BRING IT ALL DOWN

Q went after a particular female in posts 3134 through 3159, complete with a variety of pictures.

For legal reasons I am not going to name names, other than to say that in post 3156, Q said this person is like “Allison Mack x100.”

This one case apparently can bring down the entire Deep State by itself. The pictures include images with top elites.

Given what I have heard from the original Svali disclosures, it is entirely possible for someone to be trapped, terrified and unable to escape a very bad situation.

Click here to begin reading the full archive, but be aware that this material can get very disturbing, very quickly.

Svali once said that there would be a “mass exodus” out of the Cabal if its members felt they could escape and live.

For this reason I am loath to jump in on ‘outing’ someone who really is not an elite public figure at this point.

I do pray for the health and safety of everyone who has been affected by this horrific, international conspiracy.

 

THE AFTERMATH OF THE MUELLER INVESTIGATION

The long-awaited Mueller Report finally dropped on March 23rd, with no actual criminal charges filed against the president.

This was greatly upsetting to some, if not many people, and I do understand that.

In light of what we are exploring here, there is far more to the story than we are getting from mainstream media.

The criminal activity being fought against is vastly worse than the accusations being circulated by the MSM.

The day before the release, in post 3161, Q said, “BLOCKADE REMOVED,” then “DECLAS is a comin’!” in 3164.

Here is what Q had to say about it in the immediate aftermath, on March 23rd, post 3169 on qanon.pub:

3169 Q !!mG7VJxZNCI ID: 511cf8 No.5842693
Mar 23 2019 04:29:30 (EST)

You are witnessing the collapse of the largest pre-planned and coordinated propaganda event in modern day history.
‘Projection’ 101
Q

 

THIS IS HISTORIC

In post 3173 from the same day, March 23rd, Q promised that the long-awaited ‘Storm’ will follow now that the “blockade (threat) is dismantled & removed:”

3173, 3/23: >>5853176

All of us have been antsy for the hammer to drop… but we will remember this time… the time before we knew the next BIG scene… this is historic.

>5853322
The calm before the storm?
What happens when a blockade (threat) is dismantled & removed?
“You’ll find out.”
Children used as shields (manufactured crimes of perjury)?
FIRE AT WILL, COMMANDER.
Q

 

INFORMATION BEING LEAKED TO FOX NEWS?

We did receive briefings that Sean Hannity has been getting high-level Alliance briefings for some time now.

Again, this might really upset some readers. Fox obviously used to be completely compromised, such as in the Bush years, to my understanding.

However, for whatever reason, with the fall of Roger Ailes and other internal changes, this all appears to have shifted.

These two posts, 3179 and 3223, indicate that certain Alliance briefings, such as on the coming FISAgate indictments, are being released through Hannity:

3179, 3/25: “LISTEN & WATCH SEAN HANNITY TODAY.”

3223, 3/27: “Watch Hannity tonight.”

The MSM response to this situation appears to have come partly in the form of a lurid Showtime feature on the Ailes years:

6/21: Fox News / Roger Ailes Expose’ Long on Bluster and BJs, Short on Insight
https://ew.com/tv-reviews/2019/06/21/the-loudest-voice-russell-crowe-ew-review/

 

JUMPING AHEAD TO APRIL 11TH: “WE HAVE THE SOURCE”

At this point we are jumping ahead to April 11th, post 3312, after the “blockade” was removed.

Among other noteworthy statements here, at the end it says, “We have the source.”

This very clearly appeared to be a statement about the arrest of Julian Assange as having a deeper, yet-unseen purpose.

This was the only Q post that day, and it was the exact same day that Assange was dragged out of the Ecuadorean embassy in London.

Assange could then give his direct testimony that it was Seth Rich that gave him the October 2016 Wikileaks emails, not ‘Russia:’

 

3312, 4/11:

If we are merely a LARP asking questions on the Chans, why are we being attacked daily by some of the world’s biggest media co’s, social media co’s deliberately applying censorship/banning, shills paid/inserted to disrupt (media matters), blue checkmark coordinated attacks, etc.?

All for a ‘conspiracy’ on the Chans?
All for a ‘LARP’?
Why is there a constant flow of disinformation being pushed re: Q?
Example:
Disinformation push re: Mueller is a white hat.
FAKE & FALSE narrative.

Think BLOCKADE.
When you can’t attack the information directly, you attack the source, if that fails, you ‘create false misleading information’ to discredit knowing ‘select’ ‘unaware’ followers would not take the time to self-corroborate the claims (same vehicle/tactics used by FAKE NEWS media).

Logical thinking always wins.
Nothing can stop what is coming.
As the target(s) turn to the other side, the attacks will intensify.

We have the source.
Q

 

WHAT IS ABOUT TO BE UNLEASHED

As we move ahead to April 18th, Q laments about “fake investigations by committee members,” who tried to pick up where Mueller left off:

 

3314, 4/18:

MUELLER BLOCKADE END.
Fake investigations by committee members will not delay what is about to be unleashed.
Q

 

DID MUELLER DELIBERATELY HOLD BACK FOR EIGHTEEN MONTHS?

As we move now to post 3316, Q suggests that Mueller knew there was “no collusion” 18 months ago, and dragged it out to create delays for the indictments, arrests and data dumps:

3316, 4/19:

https://radio.foxnews.com/2019/04/19/john-dowd-rod-rosenstein-has-to-answer-for-appointing-robert-mueller-as-special-council/
https://www.scribd.com/document/406725805/Mueller-Report#from_embed

[Pg 11] Previously CLAS ‘scope’ > [RR] to [MUELLER]
The scope memo [highlighted w/in Mueller report] confirms the ‘dossier’ was the ‘tool’ used by [RR] to justify SC and was the primary ‘vehicle’ to which [RR] tasked MUELLER.

If the dossier was known to be unverified and fake, how then was an investigation started to begin with?
At what point did MUELLER determine there was no collusion?
[18-months ago?]

Was the investigation kept ongoing as a ‘talking point’ to rig the midterm elections?
Was the investigation kept ongoing to retain the ‘BLOCKADE,’ to essentially restrict POTUS from unmasking and informing the public as to the TRUTH about what really happened?

Was the investigation kept ongoing to PROTECT THOSE WHO ‘KNOWINGLY’ COMMITTED TREASON/SEDITION?
NO BLOCKADE = GAME OVER
Q

 

BUILDING IN SOME “PADDING” TO SET UP THE ALL-IMPORTANT POST 3333?

On March 28th, Q posted 48 different Twitter shout-outs to US patriots, in posts 3255 through 3302.

This may very well have been intended to speed up the arrival of the numerically-significant post 3333, which arrived on May 12th.

Q had already recommended that we watch the Twitter account of Rep. Doug Collins in the past.

In this link, we get a link to a pinned Twitter post with a gigantic amount of data on Collins’ site that would take great efforts to fully explore:

3333, 5/12:

Q !!mG7VJxZNCI ID: c616d2 No.6482617
May 12 2019 19:13:07 (EST)

https://twitter.com/RepDougCollins
Eyes on.
Q

Transparency Documents of Doug Collins
https://dougcollins.house.gov/transparency

 

 

THE NELLIE OHR TRANSCRIPT

The pinned post that came to my attention on Rep. Collins’ Twitter page was as follows:

 

Embedded video

Rep. Doug Collins

@RepDougCollins

The transcript of Nellie Ohr’s interview before the Judiciary Committee is now available to all Americans. To read the full transcript, visit https://dougcollins.house.gov/nellieohr .

10K people are talking about this

 

THE C_A CONNECTION JUMPED OUT THE MOST

When I dug into the Nellie Ohr transcript, this was what jumped out at me the most:

https://dougcollins.house.gov/sites/dougcollins.house.gov/files/10.19.18%20Nellie%20Ohr%20Interview.pdf

Mr. Jordan. Walk me through the clients you did contract work for. Was this U.S. Government?

Ms. Ohr. U.S. Government.

Mr. Jordan. Various agencies in the United States Government.

Ms. Ohr. Yes.

Mr. Jordan. Tell me the agencies?

Mr. Berman. I’m not sure how to address this. I’m not sure what the U.S. Government agencies’ positions are, given various agreements she signed as parts of her independent contracting relationships.

So she’s willing to answer questions, I just don’t know — don’t want to put her at risk of violating employment agreements she had at the time, especially with U.S. Government agencies.

Mr. Jordan. Is it fair to say you worked with some of the intelligence-based agencies in the United States Government.

Ms. Ohr. Yes.

Mr. Jordan. Did you work for the C_A?

Mr. Berman. Again, I would raise the same concerns, sir, if we’re going to get into specifics.

 

THREE DAYS LATER: CLASH BETWEEN DOJ AND C_A GOES PUBLIC

Just three days after Q pointed us towards the data dump of documents illustrating this battle betwen the DOJ and the C_A, the conflict actually did appear as mainstream-media news.

When I went back and clicked on this link, once again it had disappeared:

5/25: Potential Clash Over Secrets Looms Between DOJ and C_A (DELETED)
https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/politics/potential-clash-over-secrets-looms-between-justice-dept-and-cia/ar-AABRnEn

 

WHEW! GOT IT!

Again, thanks to the magic of Archive.org, we were able to bring it back. Here it is:

5/25: Potential Clash Over Secrets Looms Between DOJ and C_A
https://web.archive.org/web/20190525001828/https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/politics/potential-clash-over-secrets-looms-between-justice-dept-and-cia/ar-AABRnEn

WASHINGTON — President Trump’s order allowing Attorney General William P. Barr to declassify any intelligence that led to the Russia investigation sets up a potential confrontation with the C.I.A.

It effectively strips the agency of its most critical power: choosing which secrets it shares and which ones remain hidden.

Mr. Trump said on Friday that he wanted Mr. Barr to “get to the bottom” of what the intelligence agencies knew about the investigation into his campaign.

He promised, “We’re exposing everything….”

Mr. Trump has long held that he was a target of the “deep state,” at various points accusing Mr. Obama without evidence of tapping his phones, the F.B.I. of secretly trying to undermine his candidacy and past intelligence chiefs of bending their findings to prove Russian involvement in his election victory.

 

“NOTHING CAN STOP WHAT IS COMING”

Now, our last Q post will be number 3320, from April 24th… again reiterating that Q feels this plan is foolproof:

3320, 4/24:

https://twitter.com/Sun_Q_Tzu/status/1121258711253770240
You attack those you fear the most.
Nothing can stop what is coming.
Nothing.
Q

Once again I had an interesting ‘synchronicity’ right at this point in the writing process that seems to provide an underline:

 

 

SECTION SIX: EVIDENCE FOR DECLAS, AND THE UFO CONNECTION

Now, as we head into the final section of this Ebook, we will wrap it up with two final lines of investigation.

First of all, we will explore the reputable evidence that a DECLAS event is actually on its way, as Q is saying.

Then, we will discuss the cluster of UFO-related information that is coming out through MSM sources at the same time.

These are the connections that really impact our work in the UFO community directly, so stay tuned!

 

CLICK HERE TO CONTINUE TO SECTION SIX: THE UFO CONNECTION

 

SECTION SIX: THE UFO CONNECTION

 

IT’S ALL COMING TO A HEAD

There is a stunning interconnection between the data points we have explored in the preceding sections of this Ebook.

Big Tech has betrayed an entire generation, turning YouTube into a mainstream-media echo chamber and arousing massive anger in the process.

Popular music may well have been deliberately ‘weaponized’ to discourage romantic love and encourage violence and drug addiction.

We saw the Facebook Insider Dossier, and if true it has stunning implications for everything we thought we knew.

Mark Zuckerberg may be an MKULTRA stooge for the Deep State to create a highly addictive weapons system against the public… namely Facebook.

Google and YouTube appear to have been orchestrated to achieve similar goals. This, of course, is incredibly evil stuff.

 

THE ALLIANCE IS CLOSING IN… WHAT IS THE UFO CONNECTION?

In the previous section, we explored the latest Q Anon posts, suggesting that indictments will soon be unsealed, and massive new treasure-troves of information will be declassified.

No matter what we think we know, or what we can expect, it is very likely that we will all be truly surprised by DECLAS.

The large-scale blockage of YouTube creators may be intended to greatly reduce discussion of this game-changing new information once it arrives.

Any disclosure of this magnitude will turn any and all independent YouTubers into Disclosure journalists virtually overnight.

Big Tech, and the shadowy financiers and plotters behind them, are well aware of this and are arming up for Zero Day.

In this final section, we will explore the bizarre UFO connection to all of this, with the sudden uptick in stories of this nature in the mainstream media.

 

PROOF OF THE COMING “DECLAS”

Before we delve into the UFO subject, we will follow up on the leads provided by Q Anon in the last section.

Is there any tangible evidence of high-level insiders, such as Congressional representatives, anticipating DECLAS?

Yes there are.

First of all, there is absolutely no question that child trafficking rings are being busted at an unprecedented rate right now:

12/31/18: National Slavery and Human Trafficking Prevention Month
https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/presidential-proclamation-national-slavery-human-trafficking-prevention-month-2019/?fbclid=IwAR3G-HcHBA-To4Dm6cd0mQGa1f_ZdDvNOleHh2GUNh0JXSkGYHqN_CrDxl4

In February of 2017, I signed an Executive Order to dismantle transnational criminal organizations that traffic and exploit people….

At my direction, Federal departments and agencies are ensuring full enforcement of our laws so that those who seek to exploit our people and break our laws receive the full measure of justice they deserve.

In 2017 alone, the Department of Justice secured convictions against more than 500 defendants in human trafficking cases

and the Federal Bureau of Investigation dismantled more than 42 criminal enterprises engaged in child sex trafficking.

The Department of Homeland Security initiated more than 800 human trafficking cases, resulting in at least 1,500 arrests and 530 convictions. 

 

When I was speaking with the insider Mega Anon, she told me how excited they were on the inside about the scope of these pending announcements.

And yet, hardly anyone has ever heard about it, since the mainstream media has utterly ignored any and all positive news of this nature.

 

AMAZING TWEETS FROM KIM DOTCOM TEASE ABOUT THE FUTURE

Next, in a series of videos I did with Edge of Wonder earlier this year, I called attention to some amazing tweets from Kim Dotcom back in January.

Kim was very closely involved with Wikileaks, and is probably the single best person to leak intel in this area besides Assange or Snowden.

Check out these two Tweets from January 5th — predicting that DECLAS would happen some time this year:

 

Kim Dotcom

@KimDotcom

I smile every day watching the aftermath of preventing Hillary.

Deep State exposed.
Fake news exposed.
DOJ & FBI exposed.

I’m happy you are more informed than ever. 2019 will reveal so much more. Get ready for the next round of leaks. Monumental stuff 😎

5,421 people are talking about this

 

Kim Dotcom

@KimDotcom

This year the criminals who run the Deep State will be exposed. The shareholders profiting from war and chaos. The billionaires who turn democracy into an illusion. They own politicians, judges and all your data. They are the biggest pirates in history. Want to know who they are?

9,397 people are talking about this

 

Additionally, this Tweet from 2018 is of particular interest in context, as it says Seth Rich was the leaker, not ‘Russia’:

 

Kim Dotcom

@KimDotcom

Let me assure you, the DNC hack wasn’t even a hack. It was an insider with a memory stick. I know this because I know who did it and why. Special Counsel Mueller is not interested in my evidence. My lawyers wrote to him twice. He never replied. 360 pounds!https://www.google.com/amp/s/amp.smh.com.au/world/us-election/dnchack-did-kim-dotcom-warn-the-world-about-the-democratic-party-hacking-20160622-gpp15a.html  https://twitter.com/realdonaldtrump/status/965202556204003328 

Donald J. Trump

@realDonaldTrump

I never said Russia did not meddle in the election, I said “it may be Russia, or China or another country or group, or it may be a 400 pound genius sitting in bed and playing with his computer.” The Russian “hoax” was that the Trump campaign colluded with Russia – it never did!

10.9K people are talking about this

 

These Tweets were featured in the following article on Zero Hedge:

 

1/6: Kim Dotcom Teases Next Round of Leaks
https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-01-05/criminals-who-run-deep-state-will-be-exposed-kim-dotcom-teases-next-round-leaks

 

FLORIDA CONGRESSMAN SAYS WE ARE “DAYS, IF NOT WEEKS AWAY”

On May 21st of this year, Florida congressman Rep. Matt Gaetz anticipated that we are “days, if not weeks away” from the first wave of DECLAS.

This information has already been starting to leak, and will undoubtedly go much farther:

5/21: Gaetz Says “Most Compelling” Evidence in Trump-Russia Probe Days Away
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/rep-gaetz-on-the-russia-probes-secret-fbi-transcripts

“I believe we are days, if not weeks away from the most compelling evidence in the biggest political scandal in American history,” Gaetz said on “Hannity” Monday.

“There was western intelligence sent to spy on Papadopoulos and there’s a recording and transcript of the conversation.

And there, Papadopoulos denies any illegal conspiracy between the Trump campaign and Russia.

So, they had evidence presumably that was against Papadopoulos and for him.

What they won’t be able to defend is that they never presented that evidence to the FISA court.”

 

THIS ALSO EMERGED IN A TWEET

Rep. Gaetz also published this information and a link to this video in a Tweet from May 21st:

 

Rep. Matt Gaetz

@RepMattGaetz

I believe we are just days away from receiving the most compelling evidence in the biggest political scandal ever seen in American history.https://www.foxnews.com/politics/rep-gaetz-on-the-russia-probes-secret-fbi-transcripts 

Gaetz says ‘most compelling’ evidence in the Trump-Russia probe could be days away

Florida congressman Matt Gaetz revealed Monday night that “most compelling” evidence in the Trump-Russia collusion investigation is days, if not weeks away. According to Rep. Gaetz, R-Fla., secret…

foxnews.com

12.3K people are talking about this

This Tweet from May 14th is also of note:

Embedded video

Rep. Matt Gaetz

@RepMattGaetz

Dan Coats has over 50 transcripts from Clapper, Comey, Brennan, and McCabe that have been voted out of the House Intel Committee to be declassified. We need to get to the bottom of where these lies existed and how this terrible investigation started.

5,614 people are talking about this

 

REP. MARK MEADOWS ALSO TALKING ABOUT THE COMING DECLAS

On May 20th, Rep. Mark Meadows further set up the coming DECLAS, though he only discussed the first phase of it, which is FISAgate:

5/20: Mark Meadows: Declassification is Right Around the Corner
https://saraacarter.com/mark-meadows-declassification-is-right-around-the-corner/

Republican Congressman and House Oversight Committee Member Mark Meadows [says] there will be more information showing that President Trump was set up by senior officials with the FBI and DOJ.

He made the comments Monday on “Fox & Friends,” adding that the declassification of documents will reveal it.

Meadows cited instances where members of the Trump campaign were taped and recorded.

He specifically referred to former Trump Campaign Advisor George Papadopoulos. Papadopoulos has been vocal about being set up by the FBI.

 

Moreover, the North Carolina Congressman explained that ‘the American people will be astonished’ when Trump declassifies more information.

For example, the classified FISA interviews, Bruce Ohr 302 FBI interviews and the so called “Gang of Eight” binder.

Former House Oversight Committee Chairman Trey Gowdy said Sunday, the new information could reveal “game-changer” evidence further disproving the collusion narrative.

Meadows said he is confident the President will act soon.

“I think declassification is right around the corner and hopefully the American people will be able to judge for themselves,” said Meadows.

 

THE X22 REPORT IS ALSO NOTEWORTHY

These are two of many episodes of the X22 Report that go into this story, and include a wealth of links for you to follow up and study the case for yourself.

It’s kind of amazing that they are still able to be viewed at all with the current level of censorship, quite honestly:

5/20: Declass Right Around the Corner
https://x22report.com/declass-right-around-the-corner-patriots-control-the-timetable-episode-1871/

5/21: Buildup Phase, Trap Has Been Set
https://x22report.com/we-are-now-in-the-build-up-phase-the-trap-has-been-set-episode-1873/

 

USA WATCHDOG GOES INTO GREATER DETAIL

Additionally, Greg Hunter of USA Watchdog has done noteworthy work on the coming DECLAS, such as the following:

5/19: Massive Crimes Will Soon Be Revealed and Prosecuted
https://usawatchdog.com/massive-crimes-will-soon-be-revealed-prosecuted/

The FISA abuse report compiled by Inspector General Michael Horowitz is finished and will be released soon,according to Dr. Dave Janda from the Operation Freedom radio show.

The fraudulent FISA applications, using a phony dossier, made spying on the Trump Administration possible.

Not long after the release of the IG FISA report, President Trump will declassify the documents surrounding the so-called “hoax” that he has repeatedly called “treason.”

Janda also says there are massive crimes that are going to be revealed that involve data collection by President Obama’s top intelligence chiefs.

This data collection was ordered by Obama and involves 600 million pages of information on judges, business people and politicians, including the head of the FISA Court and Chief Justice John Roberts.

The illegal data stash is information used for leverage and blackmail on possibly millions of unsuspecting Americans.

Join Greg Hunter as he lays out upcoming extraordinary events that will probably be happening in the next month….

 

The timetable has obviously been delayed a bit longer, since we are slightly after a month since this was published.

However, it certainly appears that we are about to see major action take place.

Once Q starts posting again, we will probably be in the midst of quite the roller-coaster ride.

 

SUPREME COURT CLOSING IN ON APPLE

The formerly untouchable status of Big Tech took a serious hit on May 13th, as the Supreme Court opened up against Apple:

5/13: SC Deals Apple Major Setback in Apple Store Antitrust Case
https://www.cnbc.com/2019/05/13/supreme-court-rules-against-apple-in-app-store-antitrust-case.html

The Supreme Court on Monday ruled 5-4 against Apple, saying iPhone users can pursue their antitrust lawsuit involving the tech giant’s signature electronic marketplace, the App Store.

Justice Brett Kavanaugh wrote the majority opinion, which was joined by the court’s liberal justices.

The iPhone users argued that Apple’s 30% commission on sales through the App Store is an unfair use of monopoly power that results in inflated prices passed on to consumers.

Apple argued that only app developers, and not users, should be able to bring such a lawsuit. But the Supreme Court, in an opinion authored by Kavanaugh, rejected that claim.

“Apple’s line-drawing does not make a lot of sense, other than as a way to gerrymander Apple out of this and similar lawsuits,” Kavanaugh wrote.

 

Apple has participated in surveillance and the banning of voices for various agendas, including political manipulation.

 

DOJ CLOSING IN ON GOOGLE

Just two weeks later, we found out that the DOJ is pursuing anti-trust legislation against Google:

5/31: DOJ Prepares Google Antitrust Probe
https://www.reuters.com/article/us-google-doj-probe/us-justice-department-prepares-google-antitrust-probe-sources-idUSKCN1T22SU

(Reuters) – The U.S. Justice Department is preparing an investigation of Alphabet Inc’s Google to determine whether the tech giant broke antitrust law in operating its sprawling online businesses, two sources familiar with the matter said.

Officials from the Justice Department’s Antitrust Division and Federal Trade Commission, which both enforce antitrust law, met in recent weeks to give Justice jurisdiction over Google, said the sources, who sought anonymity because they were not authorized to speak on the record.

The potential investigation represents the latest attack on a tech company by the administration of U.S. President Donald Trump, who has accused social media companies and Google of suppressing conservative voices on their platforms online.

One source said the potential investigation, first reported by the Wall Street Journal, focused on accusations that Google gave preference to its own businesses in searches.

 

6/1: Google Should Be Afraid. Very Afraid.
https://finance.yahoo.com/news/google-afraid-very-afraid-121312132.html

(Bloomberg Opinion) — This is the moment the U.S. technology superpowers surely knew was coming:

The U.S. government is preparing to crawl all over Google to figure out whether it is an abusive monopolist.

Google parent company Alphabet Inc. and the other tech giants should be quaking in their fleece vests.

Bloomberg News and other news organizations reported late Friday that the U.S. Department of Justice is preparing to open an investigation into Google’s compliance with antitrust laws.

If it goes forward, an investigation will no doubt be broad, lengthy, messy, and impossible for Google and its investors to predict.

That should terrify Google and every other big technology company — because there’s no guarantee that the antitrust Klieg light will turn on one company alone.

 

WE HAVE EVERY REASON TO EXPECT MAJOR DISCLOSURES

Facebook’s woes have been far more long-standing and public, and therefore need not all be reviewed here.

1/8: Inside Facebook’s “Cult-Like” Atmosphere
https://www.cnbc.com/2019/01/08/facebook-culture-cult-performance-review-process-blamed.html

6/19: FB Moderators Break NDA, Reveal Horrible Situation
https://www.theverge.com/2019/6/19/18681845/facebook-moderator-interviews-video-trauma-ptsd-cognizant-tampa

 

We also saw in the preceding section that major outages occurred for Facebook and Google alike. Q indicated that actionable information was gathered in these events, through hacking.

With all of this in mind, we do have every reason to suspect that major public disclosures are forthcoming soon, exactly as Q Anon has predicted.

Furthermore, our own insider briefings have told us to anticipate that this info will have been released by no later than mid-September… so we don’t have long to wait.

This is obviously a hyper-complex body of data to explore, but there are many undeniable clues to its validity if you study it carefully.

Now, we will explore the final area of this investigation… the very bizarre uptick in UFO disclosure-related news from the mainstream media itself.

 

INSIDER UFO INTEL

One of my main areas of focus all these years has been the UFO subject.

As we saw in previous sections, this led to an enormous number of titles on YouTube with my name in the title, peaking at 5.98 million on February 15th.

We have very significant engagement, with videos and articles having millions of views, and regular appearances in Ancient Aliens.

I have worked with many different insiders over the years, and have been fortunate enough to get a wide variety of high-level briefings.

I attended the original Disclosure Project event in May, 2001, and met almost all of the 39 insiders who gathered there.

Additionally, I worked with Project Camelot from 2007 through 2011, and met several top insiders through them as well.

In addition to these contacts, I was approached privately by various insiders over the years who gave me exclusives on intel of various sorts.

I was a principal interviewer of Corey Goode, Emery Smith and William Tompkins, who I spoke to in a variety of phone calls in that case.

 

THE “RABBIT HOLE” GOES VERY DEEP

This work has been very thoroughly explored on this site and in the UFO community as a whole, and I do not intend to re-iterate all of it here.

Suffice it to say that the subject is extremely massive in size and scope. Enormous secrets are being kept from us if any of this is true.

We have already seen compelling evidence that there is a Deep State actively working a mass depopulation agenda, and telling spectacular lies to achieve its ends.

Hip-hop music may have been deliberately intended to promote criminal behavior in order to reduce population and boost prison profits.

We also end up confronting the notion that many mysterious UFO sightings are actually of craft flown by our own people in classified programs.

Multiple insiders have confirmed to me, and others, that we have an elaborate Secret Space Program that goes far beyond most people’s imagination.

There is an enormous wealth of UFO-related information and insiders to explore… more than anyone could hope to know and discuss.

 

SO WHY BOIL IT ALL DOWN TO A SINGLE SIGHTING?

The Tom DeLonge / AATIP information is attempting to reduce the entire investigation to the 2004 sightings around the USS Nimitz.

This one cluster of sightings is being presented as if it the only significant case ever worth talking about.

Before this Tom DeLonge initiative ever started, insiders were warning us of a coming “Partial Disclosure” initiative.

The idea was that the Deep State is aware of the Alliance, and knows that sooner or later they will have run out of time.

Arrests are coming, and along with them mass public awareness of the extraordinary crimes that were committed.

The one final “Get out of Jail Free Card” for the Deep State would be to offer a “Limited Hangout” of UFO information.

This would serve multiple purposes. It would appear to show their willingness to “come clean” and finally tell us the truth.

Suppressed technology is revealed, or at least is potentially offered with a clear timeline for a future roll-out.

As this agenda continued forth, we published intel telling us to expect a very specific sequence of disclosures.

 

WHAT IS THE “BIG PICTURE” OF PARTIAL DISCLOSURE?

Ultimately, we apparently will be told that Antarctica was the actual location of Atlantis, and has very real ships and ruins under the ice.

This includes pyramids with designs reminiscent of Aztec-occupied areas in Mesoamerica.

We will see hi-res footage of entire ruined cities of this nature in undersea areas between Antarctica and South America, and again between Antarctica and Australia.

We find out about all sorts of interesting things… hidden rooms in pyramids, cool technologies planted for us to discover, and lost underground cities in the Grand Canyon.

We may get introduced to one or more ET races, such as the “Tall Whites,” though there are different beings with this classification.

A military-industrial complex SSP may be revealed, with near-Earth orbital platforms and ships that can cruise around our solar system, but apparently cannot leave it.

 

THEN COMES THE NARRATIVE….

Once the MIC SSP is revealed, and we find out that these ships have already been traveling around our solar system for years, things get very interesting.

At this point we will have already seen motherships and ruins in Antarctica, and explored the inscriptions they contain.

Once the MIC SSP data is disclosed, we find out that there are similar ruins with similar inscriptions on the Moon and Mars.

This seems amazing, and it undoubtedly will be if it ever happens.

It obviously tells us that those who crashed in Antarctica were the survivors of a much older and grander civilization.

However, our briefings have also revealed that there is a hidden agenda to all of this.

 

THE TRUE IDENTITY OF THE ‘ILLUMINATI’

If you watch Above Majestic, you will see how all of this fits together as we head into the Big Reveal.

The Deep State have referred to themselves as the ‘Illuminati.’ They believe they are “Gods among insects” and we are here to serve them.

Even though they are biologically just like us, they believe they are the descendants of the ETs who crashed in Antarctica.

They have elaborate ruins and artifacts that can prove this, including many books in the Vatican dating back 500,000 years.

They believe they are the descendants of a lost civilization that was on the Moon, Mars and a planet that exploded to become the Asteroid Belt.

I covered this story and all of the supporting data for it in great detail in the second half of The Ascension Mysteries, and consider it required reading for this discussion.

Other free YouTube videos I have produced have gone into great detail on all of this as well.

The first insider to begin disclosing the Antarctic Atlantis intel to me was ‘Daniel,’ all the way back in 2004.

 

ELONGATED SKULLS

The latest intel suggests that there were two dynastic, super-powerful family lines that both crash-landed here 55,000 years ago, coming from the Moon.

The Moon apparently took a very hard hit from a “solar flash” that nearly wiped out its entire population.

These people barely survived their crash-landing to Earth.

The two family lines had slightly different genetics and physiologies. This is visible in their skulls — whether they have more of a bump or a smooth slope on the top.

They decided to divide and conquer the Earth, with Antarctica / Atlantis as the origin point.

One family line spread into South America and on through Southeast Asia and even into India, plus up into what is now Siberia.

The other family line colonized Africa, Sumer, Egypt and Europe.

Both lines had elongated skulls. These skeletons have been found all over the world.

They also bred themselves to have giant bodies in certain cases as a form of defense, and there is much suppressed evidence of this lineage as well.

 

THE VATICAN CONNECTION

A series of regularly-occurring catastrophes wiped them out. The first was roughly 50,000 years ago. Another occurred 25,000 years ago.

The most recent took place 12,500 years ago, on the halfway point of this same 25,000-year repeating cycle.

This last event was what shifted the earth on its axis, submerged Atlantis and caused it to freeze over and become Antarctica.

They had ships capable of flying around the Earth and levitating blocks to make pyramids up until then. These ships were lost in the cataclysm.

They were effectively beaten back to the Stone Age despite their advanced intelligence and physiology.

They blamed what we think of as positive, angelic ETs known as the ‘Elohim’ for having allowed this to happen to them.

They formed the Egyptian priesthood, where you see many images of them with their unique skulls, and hid their secrets in the Library of Alexandria.

When Egypt fell to Rome, the Library was apparently burned. This was a “false flag” event and the records were transferred to the Vatican Library.

 

THE MITRE HATS AND BLOODLINES

The elongated mitre hats worn by priests in the Vatican apparently were made to conceal their elongated skulls.

Most of these people stay hidden and do not walk around among us, though they certainly could with these hats.

A majority of their descendants lost the elongated skull physiology due to various factors, such as interbreeding.

They still keep a very precise watch over the ‘bloodlines,’ and this is the secret of the royal lineages we see throughout the world.

They consolidated their wealth and power over many centuries, while also maintaining very strong and disturbing religious beliefs.

They amassed incredible wealth and power and formed the interlocking directorates we call the Cabal, Illuminati or Deep State today.

They also have been seeking a “New World Order” where they greatly reduce Earth’s population and then rule over those who remain… with an iron fist.

 

THE SECRET SPACE PROGRAM

The Big Secret of what these people have done with all of the money they amassed is the Secret Space Program.

This is far more elaborate in scope, depth and awesome profundity than what the Partial Disclosure agenda intends to tell us.

If this technology was released, we become the Jetsons. There is no need for a money system.

We have advanced 3D printers that can instantly make any objects or foods we want, with perfect quality.

We can travel anywhere in the US in 90 seconds, and anywhere on Earth within nine minutes with a hovercar in the garage.

Space travel becomes easy and fast, even without the use of warp-drive systems.

We gain access to bases on the Moon, Mars and throughout our solar system that were built with our money and people, all in secret.

 

OUTPOSTS THROUGHOUT THE GALAXY

Pete Peterson has additionally revealed that he is aware of some 38 different outposts that we already have throughout the galaxy, where American soldiers are stationed.

And this is just what he is aware of within the compartmentalized programs he has access to.

There are a wide variety of different ET races out there who we already interact with.

All are human or at least hominid in appearance. Many are similar-looking to us. Human beings are a Galactic design.

This all seems very hard to believe, since we have been lied to on such an epic scale.

Nonetheless, when you find real insiders with access to this compartmentalized information, there are invariable and undeniable cross-overs with all of this information.

The Deep State folks very much do not want us to enter into this world until the population has been greatly reduced.

At that time, we would be under their complete and total control, such as through paralyzing microchips embedded in our bodies.

This may all sound like sci-fi to you, but there are many insiders I know who take this very, very seriously, and risk their lives to release this information.

 

THE DELONGE INITIATIVE

Tom DeLonge rose to prominence as one of the very last rock stars the Deep State music labels allowed to come forth.

He is the guitarist and lead singer of Blink-182, one of the biggest bands of the 1990s, with many recognizable radio tunes.

Less known is that DeLonge routinely displays Masonic symbols on his guitar, and on his amplifier, and has been photographed in Masonic regalia:

 

 

There is nothing intrinsically wrong with being a Freemason.

I recently met a high-level insider who had made it all the way up to 33rd degree and swore that he encountered nothing that upset his Christian beliefs along the way.

With that being said, Freemasons do end up taking oaths to maintain secrecy, or suffer lethal consequences.

Therefore, we can fully expect that they will lie or at least evade under direct questioning, if necessary, to maintain their obligations.

This evasiveness is exactly what happened repeatedly when DeLonge got on the Joe Rogan Experience podcast, as we will see.

The Deep State has used this and other societies in order to cultivate the necessary secrecy to recruit people into deeper levels.

 

POLITE LUCIFERIANISM?

The logos for DeLonge’s subsequent solo act after Blink-182, Angels and Airwaves, contain Masonic symbols as well as two key phrases in Latin:

 

Translation: “Through the Light of the World, Out of the Lead”

[Notice the All-Seeing Eye on the right of the banner after the word “Lumen” or “Light]

 

Translation: “And Leads the World in the Dawn”

 

Notice the “Papal Cross” As Seen In The “AVA” Logos Above

 

This Is Also Seen in the Exxon Logo

 

Lucifer is considered the “light of the world” within the Deep State’s religion, and is the “morning star” — the light that rises at dawn.

If you’ve ever watched Jordan Maxwell’s videos, he talks about how “Dawn of a New Day” is an important Cabal saying for this reason.

Luciferians also co-opt alchemical symbology and believe that with their form of enlightenment, you are transforming the “lead” of a normal person’s consciousness into gold.

These two phrases together are therefore of potential interest:

“Through the Light of the World, out of the Lead, and Leads the World in the Dawn.”

Is this a possible suggestion that DeLonge was hoping to “lead the world” himself through this Disclosure initiative?

 

AND WHAT ABOUT MACBETH?

Let’s also go back to his guitar strap, which very prominently says “Macbeth.” Many theater performers consider this to be a “cursed” play.

 

 

Here is what Wikipedia has to say about this play, also known as the Tragedy of Macbeth:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macbeth

It dramatises the damaging physical and psychological effects of political ambition on those who seek power for its own sake….

A brave Scottish general named Macbeth receives a prophecy from a trio of witches that one day he will become King of Scotland.

Consumed by ambition and spurred to action by his wife, Macbeth murders King Duncan and takes the Scottish throne for himself. He is then wracked with guilt and paranoia.

Forced to commit more and more murders to protect himself from enmity and suspicion, he soon becomes a tyrannical ruler.

The bloodbath and consequent civil war swiftly take Macbeth and Lady Macbeth into the realms of madness and death.

 

 

THESE ELEMENTS ARE NOT DISCUSSED

DeLonge has been presented as just a cool rock star who figured out the UFO subject on his own and was then approached by C!A insiders to help with Disclosure.

His Masonic connections and the translation of “Angels and Airwaves” logos are never mentioned, probably for obvious reasons.

On December 16th, 2017, his initiative rose to public prominence with the New York Times article Glowing Auras and ‘Black Money.’

This was soon followed by a public fundraising campaign to raise money for a variety of things: books, films, TV shows and an apparent project to develop a working UFO.

The storyline was that shadowy defense contractors would never release this technology on their own, and therefore it needed to come from the private sector.

DeLonge’s group was seeking to raise up to 200 million dollars towards financing these initiatives.

They filmed a closed press conference, with no live audience, to make these announcements and raise potential funds.

 

THE MYLAR BALLOON

On February 9th, 2018, we wrote Tom DeLonge Stunningly Debunked, where a key element of ‘proof’ from the fundraiser was debunked.

A photo was shown that was purported to be of the “Tic Tac” UFO they keep talking about from the 2004 USS Nimitz incident.

The actual image was of a mylar number-1 balloon taken by Steve Mera in 2005:

 

 

The entire video since appears to have been taken down from the To The Stars Academy of Arts and Science website.

If you are aware of a copy of this presentation that still exists somewhere, please let us know in the comments section.

The bottom line is that this was a key piece of proof for the alleged reality of the Tic-Tac, but was easily debunked.

This suggests the possibility that disinformation was built in from the beginning of the project.

That way, if it ever needed to be terminated for whatever reason, they just bring out the disinfo and discredit the whole thing.

If so, this did not happen on their terms. It arose organically on the internet thanks to things like Reverse Image Search.

 

THE FUNDRAISER DIDN’T MEET ITS GOALS

DeLonge’s team discovered something that any UFO researcher on the block could tell you: it is very difficult for anyone to “make money” from this field. No offense! It’s just a fact.

As of October 15th, 2018, it was revealed in a mandatory SEC filing that they had spent 37.4 million dollars and had only raised a million and 26 thousand dollars from 2547 investors, despite enormous MSM publicity.

Most of the money had been spent by then, and the company only had 129,000 dollars left over:

10/15/18: Tom DeLonge’s UFO Organization Has a 37.4 Million Deficit
https://www.vice.com/en_us/article/evw7ne/tom-delonges-ufo-organization-is-37-million-in-debt

To the Stars Academy of Arts and Sciences, an organization co-founded by former Blink-182 frontman Tom DeLonge to study UFOs and other “mysteries of the universe,” may be on the verge of collapse.

According to a biannual financial report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) last month, the company has accumulated a $37.4 million deficit and “these factors raise doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.”

The financial document was first reported by Ars Technica….

In September 2017, the company began selling $50 million worth of stock to fund its operations, and its website claims to have a total of 2,547 investors.

According to the SEC filing, however, To the Stars has only sold a little over $1 million worth of stock to date….

 

The company has managed to rack up a $37.4 million deficit, much of which was accumulated in 2017.

According to the SEC filing, as of last June, To the Stars only had $129,000 in cash, but plans to continue operations for at least another year by selling more stock….

The company also said that it has to pay DeLonge and several other companies and entities a minimum of $100,000 each in royalties per year, regardless of whether it has sold anything or not….

Correction: The original story mis-characterized To the Stars’ deficit as debt. Unlike debt, which involves borrowing money, deficit is spending more money than you bring in with revenue. In this case, To the Stars spent $37.4 million more than they brought in with revenue. Motherboard regrets the error.

 

THE BACKGROUND CHECKS MIGHT NOT HAVE HELPED

If you go to the website, the criteria for becoming an investor, even at a couple hundred bucks, would likely have spooked away most people. This is no PayPal situation:

https://dpo.tothestarsacademy.com/

WHAT IS INVOLVED IN INVESTING?
To make an investment, click the ‘Invest Now’ button and have the following information readily available:

• Personal information such as your current address and phone number
• Net worth and income information
• Social Security Number or government-issued identification
• Your credit card or ABA bank routing number and checking account number if you want to pay via ACH (typically found on a personal check or bank statement)

NOTE: Our partner PrimeTrust verifies investor details and conducts background checks as required by US law.

You may be asked to provide documentation supporting your investor details. If this is the case, we will notify you via email.

 

THE MOVIE MIRAGE MEN

It is of potential significance to mention the movie Mirage Men at this point.

The film is a confessional from an intelligence agent, Richard Doty, about how he deliberately planted disinformation into the UFO community for many years.

He did this by posing as an insider, gaining trust, and doing a “limited hangout,” where some true information was mixed with deliberate fiction.

In some cases, the resulting reputation destruction and psychological damage to his targets led to madness and death by suicide.

 

 

Doty also makes it very clear in the film that the intelligence community wanted to identify and profile everyone who was interested in UFOs.

They wanted to obtain exactly the type of information this fundraiser called for…. name, social security number, net worth, et cetera, to do covert background checks.

 

VARIOUS AUTHORS WERE VERY SKEPTICAL

The UFO genre has historically taken a great deal of abuse, and the same occurred with DeLonge’s initiative. Here are some links:

10/13/17: I’m a Huge DeLonge Fan, But Don’t Invest In His Latest Venture
https://www.besttechie.com/tom-delonge-dont-invest-latest-venture/

10/15/18: DeLonge Denies TTS Academy is 37 Million in Debt
https://www.altpress.com/news/tom-delonge-to-the-stars-academy-debt/

10/15/18: DeLonge Calls 37M Deficit a “Blatant Lie”
https://www.billboard.com/articles/news/8480161/tom-delonge-ufo-research-firm-37-million-deficit-blatant-lie

10/16/18: Man Overboard: DeLonge’s Company Remains Stuck on the Ground
https://www.dailygrail.com/2018/10/man-overboard-one-year-after-its-launch-to-the-stars-academys-financial-situation-remains-stuck-on-the-ground/

DeLonge Fights Back After Article Claiming 37 Million Debt
https://www.ancient-code.com/tom-delonge-fights-back-after-article-claims-to-the-star-academy-had-37-million-debt/

Former Blink-182 singer, Tom DeLonge once received a “Researcher Of The Year” award from the International UFO Congress after Wikileaks revealed hacked emails that suggested he was in contact with top people in the US government, including Hillary Clinton campaign manager John Podesta.

 

DIFFERENT VIEWS BEING ARTICULATED

It is relevant to mention here that certain researchers believe that Hillary would have been the Disclosure President and not the opposite:

4/29/18: Podesta Stars in “Documentary” Claiming Clinton Lost Because of ETs
https://www.insidesources.com/john-podesta-pushes-conspiracy-theories-on-season-premiere-of-ancient-aliens/

What is unusual about the latest Ancient Aliens episode (“The UFO Conspiracy”) is Podesta’s decision to sit down for an on-camera interview, participating directly in the program….

“The CIA, the Pentagon, they were worried about Hillary Clinton…winning the presidency and going to the Pentagon and basically saying, ‘you’re going to get me the information I need to disclose the extraterrestrial presence, or I’m going to fire every single one of you,’” [Stephen] Bassett says.

He’s followed by Linda Moulton Howe, whose previous work includes “Neil Armstrong’s Secret: UFO’s on the Moon?”

“As this year of 2016 went forward, we all expected that this headline that we’ve been waiting for that is going to break,” she said.

“John Podesta was trying to get ready to open up [the fact] that we’re not alone in the universe.”

“All of that crashed when a different person became president of the United States,” Howe said.

 

DELONGE ON JOE ROGAN EXPERIENCE PODCAST

Getting on the Joe Rogan Experience is the modern-day equivalent of being on with Johnny Carson. I will gladly jump in if I am asked, and face whatever shade might get thrown.

Rogan has often featured conspiracy content on his show, and clearly did not seem impressed with DeLonge’s admitted C!A and Podesta connections.

DeLonge was constantly fidgeting during his appearance, and was routinely evasive when Rogan asked him specific questions.

This quote from Daily Grail expressed what many others thought:

10/16/18: Man Overboard: DeLonge’s Company Remains Stuck on the Ground
https://www.dailygrail.com/2018/10/man-overboard-one-year-after-its-launch-to-the-stars-academys-financial-situation-remains-stuck-on-the-ground/

DeLonge gave an atrocious interview on the Joe Rogan Experience podcast –how atrocious?

Enough for him to be replaced by Luis Elizondo, who then became the new face for To the Stars, and the one who started to do the conference and radio show circuit expected of a new ‘celebrity’ in the UFO subculture, while Tom was sent to the showers (unofficially, of course).

 

Here is another quote from Vice that is not very kind, but echoes many other things you can find online:

5/25: The Tom DeLonge Wikileaks Conspiracy Goes Deeper Than We Thought
https://www.vice.com/en_us/article/wje9w5/the-tom-delonge-wikileaks-conspiracy-goes-deeper-than-we-thought

Post-Blink 182, he’s reduced to Drunk Uncle status in the global balance of pop-punk. Mouthy, smart, degraded, much reduced in stature….

Amazing scenario for DeLonge—instead of actually having to be in Blink, he gets to use his punk credentials to leverage institutional influence.

He butters the Deep State up. Hell, to hear many tell of it, he has kompromat on them. He was their soundtrack in 2003 when they had bleach-blonde spiky hair.

 

AREN’T YOU INTRODUCING BIAS HERE?

Right at the beginning, DeLonge began introducing bias into the equation.

There is an abundance of evidence for benevolent UFOs, including crop circles and how they are preventing ALL sides of our planet from having a nuclear war.

That was the conclusion of Edgar Mitchell, one of our top hero astronauts, and many others at the Robert Hastings event at the National Press Club in 2010.

 

 

Hastings has personally interviewed 160 different insiders on UFOs powering down nuclear missile installations.

No one is “playing favorites” here. This prevention of nuclear war applies equally to Russia, China, the US, you name it.

Hastings’ 48-minute documentary has visually rich re-enactments of many of these events and is truly a must-see.

 

AFTER ONLY 33 SECONDS, THE SPIN IS IN….

If so little information is being presented by DeLonge’s team at this point, why then attempt to brand all UFOs as threats, only 33 seconds in?

 

Joe Rogan: 0:33 So you’re obsessed with UFOs, right? Is that safe to say?

Tom De Longe: It’s safe to say, but it’s not so much just the UFO itself. I don’t call them that anymore. We call these advanced aerial threats. They’re different.

Joe Rogan: Threats?

Tom De Longe: You honed in a word that we weren’t supposed to really get into here in the first part of the show.

Joe Rogan: Did you have a plan?

Tom De Longe: I have a very long plan. Detailed plan.

We’re going to start with my body. We’re just going to talk about my body for a lot.

Joe Rogan: Okay, what do you want to talk about in terms of your body?

Tom De Longe: Well, my body is interesting. It’s unique and it changes shape. What I’ve noticed is it’s just changing.

Joe Rogan: It’s getting larger, depending upon what you put in it.

 

VERY INTERESTING STATEMENTS

DeLonge made a variety of interesting statements on the show, but one in particular really jumped out at me in light of what our insiders have disclosed.

This quote appears at 1:02:42 in the video, and here is the transcript:

Tom De Longe: I do know that there’s connections to, you won’t even f__ing believe it. I’ll tell you.

Joe Rogan: Please?

Tom De Longe: Atlantis….

Joe Rogan: What’s the connection?

Tom De Longe: That there is a very advanced group that left after a catastrophe.

[They] hung around in a small outpost here, and throughout time would push civilization forward.

That’s who the Greek gods were.

That’s why it’s very interesting when [in] the Roswell wreckage, there’s Greek writing.

Joe Rogan: Is it?

Tom De Longe: There is.

 

A VERY INTERESTING CORRELATION

DeLonge may well have “let the cat out of the bag” and spoken about things he wasn’t supposed to talk about for years to come.

He clearly appears to be talking about “very advanced” extraterrestrials who suffered a catastrophe, elsewhere, and then “hung around in a small outpost here” on Earth.

What he articulated in the above excerpt contains ALL the blueprints of the “Illuminati Fallen Angel Narrative” we’ve been told to expect, over time.

The ‘catastrophe’ he refers to appears to be whatever destroyed the super-Earth that became the Asteroid Belt, and ruined Mars after having originally been in an Earth-like state.

The “small outpost” that these people “hung around in” on Earth is apparently Atlantis / Antarctica.

He then describes how these people would “push civilization forward” as the “Gods,” such as in Greece.

It’s a short excerpt and easily missed, but when I watched the show with my wife, it jumped out at me with shocking clarity.

 

THE SAIC QUOTES

Another very interesting part of the broadcast provides us with some visuals to explore.

This was where DeLonge talked about visiting SAIC headquarters. Dr. Steven Greer was told this name means C!A Science in reverse, as another “inside joke.”

DeLonge talks excitedly about the giant statues you see on the way in… and they are most definitely, uh, interesting:

 

 

THEY ARE “ATLANTEANS”

Who are these statues with Roman-like headdresses? In the show, at 1:03:56, DeLonge lets the cat out of the bag:

Tom De Longe: I’m going to tell you something else. So I went and met a former director of CIA and NSA. He was director of both, I won’t tell you his name. Right when I sat down and told him about my book-

Joe Rogan: Pull up that picture of again, look at those little hands.

Tom De Longe: Right when I sat down and told him, this is a big deal. So I’m sitting with this guy, he was like not that long ago was director of CIA and he went on to be director of NSA.

Joe Rogan: Well, I think we could find his name.

Tom De Longe: Maybe. But right when I sat down and told him about the book, you know what he says to me?

He goes, “I didn’t read much science fiction as a kid, but I’ve read a lot about Greek mythology.” Looked me in the eye.

I said, “Well, you’re going to love the last page of my book then.” He’s like, am I?

 

When my book was about ready to go to pressing, I had a very important person call me up. He says, “Can you stop that pressing and maybe insert something about Greek mythology?”

I said, I sure can.

So something you got to realize is, for example, the sixth biggest defense contractor in the world, at least they used to be six.

There’s a company called Science Applications International Corporation, SAIC. Their headquarters are actually in San Diego.

In the front of the building you have an obelisk coming out of a fake lake, and two Atlanteans on thrones.

They’re both holding pyramids. One says the past and one says the future.

They’re eight-foot-tall statues. It’s f–ing nuts, by the way.

 

WHO WAS THE “VERY IMPORTANT PERSON?”

Earlier in the show, at 30:21, DeLonge acknowledged what the Wikileaks emails had revealed: that he was in direct contact with Podesta.

Tom De Longe: Once they found out who I was working with, they were like, holy s__t. They only found that out when WikiLeaks broke into John Podesta’s emails.

I was having video conferences and conference calls with… he was Obama’s senior advisor at the time.

So the Wall Street Journal broke the story, like what’s this rock star talking about UFOs with Hillary Clinton’s campaign manager. No, he was Obama’s senior advisor.

So it had nothing to do with Hillary, so we were setting these up.

When that broke, I had to call up my partner from the C!A, and I said I got to say, now I can talk to you a little bit more about who these people are.

 

EIGHT LONG YEARS

Part of DeLonge’s initiative was apparently to build working flying saucers for mass distribution, hence the fundraiser.

However, in the Rogan broadcast, starting at 1:35:05, he made it clear that it would take eight years to see any results:

Tom De Longe: You just go tothestarsacademy.com and you buy shares, whatever you want to buy and-

Joe Rogan: How will it be lucrative for him?

Tom De Longe: Because first of all the technology itself is like a trillion-dollar thing. If we could figure that out over the next eight years, and they think we can so they-

Joe Rogan: Who’s “they?”

Tom De Longe: The engineers that are building this thing, the guy … So Steve Justice, that was head of advanced programs at the Skunk Works, we talked about that, they build all of our …

They are the tip of the spear for the most advanced spacecraft and aircraft that the United States national security apparatus has, period. Period. Hands down. And he was the big boy there.

And their model, we think we have a … This is a guess, but I think there’s a 60% chance within 36 months or so, we’ll be able to demonstrate something pretty kick ass.

As long as there’s no major obstacle there, we think within eight years we’ll be able to have something.

But it’s expensive, and we’ve got to work with the government and we’re going to have to work with major aerospace.

 

DRAG IT OUT

It seems odd, to say the least, that DeLonge’s people would already know that it would take eight years to get to a working prototype, even if they were already funded.

If Steve Justice knows how to build a UFO from his time at Lockheed SkunkWorks, and they get the money, then why not proceed?

A genuine research and development project would leave the door open for innovation, unexpected breakthroughs and the like.

Furthermore, you would want your investors to get a good ROI, Return on Investment, as quickly as possible.

Why eight years? It just doesn’t make sense. DeLonge himself probably has no idea, and is just repeating what he heard.

When he was discussing one of their experiments involving an electron emitter, that seemed to be pretty clear:

Joe Rogan: 35:08 How do you shoot a single electron?

Tom De Longe: F__k if I know. I’m not a physicist. They just do this s__t. That’s what they do. I was actually on a phone call today about it.

 

PARTIAL DISCLOSURE

This prolonged, eight-year duration of time fits in perfectly with the “Partial Disclosure” initiative we were warned about.

Specifically, we were told that an attempt would be made to promise new technology, but hold it off long enough for a variety of ‘goals’ to be achieved along the way.

Those goals may not at all be in the best interest of humanity at large, and may fit in with what we heard in the Facebook Dossier.

 

THE HISTORY CHANNEL SHOW

Despite the fundraiser not meeting its goals, a six-part miniseries still emerged on History Channel, promising the world’s first real Disclosure.

I watched part of the first episode and was frustrated and bored enough that I did not finish it. I will try to do so at some point.

It did interest me that when Luis Elizondo met the first on-camera insider from his team in the show, they greeted each other as “Brother.”

If you’ve ever been around any Freemasons, they always call each other “Brother,” and this would definitely jump out to other Masons.

The main reason why I was frustrated was that the entire time was spent talking about the 2004 Nimitz sightings, and nothing else.

There are countless great stories of sightings, and I have always tried to link data like this together, looking for larger themes.

 

THIS MAY BE A COMMON REACTION

As it turns out, my father and his wife both had the same reaction. The show had tons of advertising buildup leading up to it.

When they watched it, they felt like they had been ‘snookered.’ Dad said “that’s it,” and they did not intend to watch any further episodes as a result.

Over the years I have observed that my father’s opinions are a good gauge of mass consciousness, since he does not specialize in all the areas I do.

He rememebered reading the classic 1956 book by Edward Ruppelt, The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects, and said it was filled with much more interesting sightings reports than this one.

 

WHAT CAME AFTER THE PREMIERE ON MAY 31ST?

My father also said he “liked the really interesting Ancient Aliens episode on Antartica” a lot more.

The premiere of Unidentified and Return to Antarctica were broadcast back-to-back on May 31st.

This review from Hidden Remote goes into detail about the contents of the Antarctica episode, and is worth reading in full. Here is a brief excerpt:

6/7: Ancient Aliens: Return to Antarctica Provides Compelling Alien Hypotheses
https://hiddenremote.com/2019/06/07/ancient-aliens-return-to-antarctica/

Godwin’s law says that if you reference Hitler, you lose the debate.

Ancient Aliens does not share these reservations, because their connection is explicit.

Some believers within the Nazi party who, through psychic mediums, believed in the alien existence underneath Antarctica, led to Kraut submarine exploration beneath Antarctica, and ultimately establishment of secret bases alongside a preexisting alien race.

 

NOT VERY MANY VIEWS

I did notice in the run-up to the debut that the official trailer video on YouTube had only racked up 30,000 views:

 

 

RELATIVELY LOW VIEW COUNTS

Additionally, DeLonge’s channels did not get anywhere near the engagement we see with established UFO personalities like Third Phase and SecureTeam 10, who are now being jeopardized.

The free subscriber counts to both pages were 20,776 and 18,640, respectively, and most videos were at around 30,000 views or less:

 

 

The obvious exception to the rule are the three UFO videos that auto-played in so many MSM articles when this debuted.

Here, you can see they had 1.3 million, 2.2 million and 5.7 million views, respectively, at the time these images were taken in May.

 

THEY ARE MOVING FORWARD WITH THE INITIATIVE

There are a wide variety of UFO-related articles now emerging in the mainstream media.

Here is one of significant interest that just popped up. It is being considered a ‘threat,’ and taken seriously by Congress:

6/19: Senators Get Classified Briefing on UFO Sightings
https://www.politico.com/story/2019/06/19/warner-classified-briefing-ufos-1544273

Three more U.S. senators received a classified Pentagon briefing on Wednesday about a series of reported encounters by the Navy with unidentified aircraft, according to congressional and military officials — part of a growing number of requests from members of key oversight committees.

One of them was Sen. Mark Warner (D-Va.), the vice chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, whose office confirmed the briefing to POLITICO.

“If naval pilots are running into unexplained interference in the air, that’s a safety concern Senator Warner believes we need to get to the bottom of,” his spokesperson, Rachel Cohen, said in a statement….

 

“Navy officials did indeed meet with interested congressional members and staffers on Wednesday to provide a classified brief on efforts to understand and identify these threats to the safety and security of our aviators,” spokesman Lt. Cmdr. Daniel Day said in a statement.

He said “follow-up discussions with other interested staffers” were also scheduled for Thursday.

“Navy officials will continue to keep interested congressional members and staff informed. Given the classified nature of these discussions, we will not comment on the specific information provided in these Hill briefings.”

 

NAVY RELEASES INCREDIBLE UFO FOOTAGE (WAIT, THAT’S THE ONE FROM 2017….)

This next article has a fairly good summary of how they have moved the ball forward on this story recently.

Invariably, these articles bring up TTSA and AATIP as if it is completely normal and credible, without addressing any of the public’s concerns.

This entire initiative is obviously seeking to completely ignore the established UFO community that now exists, just as our briefings had indicated:

 

6/24: Navy Releases Incredible UFO Footage (Same DeLonge Clip Again)
https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7175059/Navy-releases-incredible-footage-UFO-tearing-sky.html

President Trump, while discussing the UFO reports with ABC News’ George Stephanopoulos on June 16, said he had been briefed on the recent rise in U.S. Navy pilots reporting unidentified aircraft.

Stephanopoulos pressed the president, asking what Trump made of it.

‘I think it’s probably – I want them to think whatever they think. They do say, and I’ve seen, and I’ve read, and I’ve heard. And I did have one very brief meeting on it.

“But people are saying they’re seeing UFOs. Do I believe it? Not particularly,’ he said.

Asked if he thought he would know if extraterrestrial life had been confirmed, the president replied, ‘Well, I think my great pilots would know. Our great pilots would know.’

‘They see things a little bit different from the past. So we’re going to see. We’re watching, and you’ll be the first to know,’ he told Stephanopolous.

 

The video’s release comes as Navy pilots are reporting more and more sightings of anomalous aircraft that appear to defy the laws of physics, prompting the service to roll out new guidelines last month to log sightings – though none of the information will be made public.

A Navy spokesman told The Washington Post that the reporting on UFOs would fall under ‘privileged and classified information’ so that military aviation safety organizations can ‘preserve the free and honest prioritization and discussion of safety among aircrew.’

 

THE AMBIVALENCE MAY BE FOR A REASON

The president very likely understands that if he were to respond with any real enthusiasm to the UFO question, it would be weaponized against him.

He would be called an ‘Alien Lover,’ ‘Saucer Freak,’ ‘Martian Don,” and who knows what else.

6/15: Trump “Doesn’t Particularly Believe” in UFOs But Held Recent Meeting
https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/9302917/donald-trump-believe-aliens-ufo-sightings-pentagon/

 

Therefore, a very careful political game is being played here.

The Q Anon briefings reveal a much deeper truth, where secret space programs and Roswell were acknowledged as factual as of September 19th, 2018.

The Orion space capsule on the White House lawn last year seemed like another obvious ‘clue’ of what we can expect moving forward.

 

 

GENERAL FLYNN SHOULD BE EXONERATED

After the 2016 Wikileaks emails hit the internet, Gen. Michael Flynn Tweeted about it and advocated for the child victims:

 

General Flynn

@GenFlynn

God knows w/ new how much Children need our help…Thank you @MELANIATRUMP for your sacrifice. @LindaSuhler @DanScavino https://twitter.com/VoteTrumpPics/status/794281201838227458 

Vote Trump Pics 📘@VoteTrumpPics

“My husband is ready to lead this great nation.” – @MELANIATRUMP

Melania Trump 🇺🇸 #MAGA

View image on Twitter
3,322 people are talking about this

 

Flynn had to leave his esteemed position not long thereafter, on Valentine’s Day 2017.

New information has come to light that he had uncovered a connection between the Clinton Foundation and terrorist financing:

6/22: Flynn Uncovered Massive Clinton Scandal Linked to Terrorist Funding, Was Immediately Targeted
https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/06/breaking-general-flynn-uncovered-massive-clinton-scandal-linked-to-terrorist-funding-was-immediately-targeted-by-obama-deep-state/

I have personal reasons to believe that Flynn was important to the Alliance and was unfairly targeted.

Flynn also allegedly possessed a list of high-level names who were involved in this scandal.

 

DECLAS IS COMING

What we are seeing is a very clear and undeniable buildup to a Partial Disclosure event.

If the DeLonge initiative was completely ‘clean,’ I would be all for it — but there are many obvious questions we all have.

The community as a whole seems to be freaked out by it, given the overall lack of popularity of these channels and videos.

By comparison, the Q Anon material has an incredible amount of support and engagement.

The Deep State has many, many different tools they’ve put into the media over the years for how they can do a Partial Disclosure.

This includes “alien megastructures” around Tabby’s Star. It inclues Ou’muamua, the cigar-shaped UFO asteroid.

You have the weird, lit-up area on Ceres. You have the possibility of them announcing an incoming, obvious spacecraft.

You have undersea ruins. New chambers in various pyramids with planted objects then found in them. Decloaking black triangles.

We were always told this would start to happen when they had run out of time… and here we are.

 

A WORD TO THE ALLIANCE ON THE HERO’S JOURNEY

I have only ever gotten secondhand information from the Alliance, through insiders. And it has really dried up greatly as they make final preparations.

I do feel it is very important that we acknowledge that this is not a virtual war for hundreds of thousands of personnel.

They are literally fighting and dying in the largest covert operation in recorded history to restore peace and freedom on Earth.

In the Hero’s Journey spiritual archetype, the hero has to begin the quest without being fully prepared. You effectively stumble into it.

This can be seen with Luke Skywalker disavowing Yoda and his Jedi training and going off to fight the battle anyway.

Then… and this is very important… Divine assistance comes to the hero to ensure that the quest will be completed.

This, again, is not just a cool storyline for writing books, TV shows and movies. It is quite literally our spiritual DNA. It is “The Rules.”

 

BENEVOLENT ET CONTACTS

Though I haven’t talked about it in this Ebook, I have had benevolent ET contacts throughout my life, and very consciously since 1996.

I have been remembering and documenting my dreams every night since September 21st, 1992. Right now I am finishing a book where I document what happened.

There are many very obvious examples of these dreams predicting the future with accuracy.

The movie Third Eye Spies is another must-see, revealing how ordinary people can learn teachniques like this through remote viewing.

 

 

I also had detailed information about the Alliance and their planet-saving initiative appear in 1999, long before I consciously had any idea that this was real.

The president has appeared numerous times in my dreams over the last few years and we have spoken extensively about what they are doing.

In one case, he said that his own past made him very familiar with “Dark Business,” and that he now wanted to do something to stop it.

 

EVERYTHING CHANGES ONCE THE BIG MOVES ARE MADE

With that being said, I have had hundreds and hundreds of documented dreams about what the Alliance is getting ready to do here.

One theme is very consistent. The Alliance does need to take a “leap of faith.” It will never be perfect. “The best is the enemy of the good.”

However, the dreams have also said that once they actually make this information public, “The Rules” completely change.

The benevolent ETs will then be authorized to generate all sorts of game-changing events that were unforeseen, and radically improve the situation in humanity’s best interest.

In one very powerful dream, this included the nearly spontaneous release of new technology that immediately starts cleaning up the planet.

The benevolent ETs could help us far more than we have anticipated, but “The Rules” require the Alliance to flip the switch first.

Since I have been told that top personnel do read these writings, I hope this message will be seen, heard and understood.

 

VERY IMPORTANT THAT WE STICK TOGETHER

I would also like to remind you how important it is that we stick together in the midst of this global All is Lost point.

The negative forces have always used the tactic of “Divide and Conquer” against us.

They want generation against generation. Nation against nation. Gender versus gender. Race versus race. Religion versus religion.

The mainstream media is doing everything in its power to make its viewers constantly angry and triggered.

There is so much reactionary behavior going on right now that everyone is literally a raw wound.

As I saw at Contact in the Desert, even the mention of the current US president will cause some people to become extremely upset, unless it is negative.

The Deep State / Cabal / Illuminati has done its very best to deceive all of us, including its own most loyal members and devotees.

Therefore, I cannot stress this enough: Even if you disagree with someone else’s perspective, we must always remain kind, compassionate and understanding with one another.

 

THE WORLD WILL NEVER BE THE SAME

My goal in writing this Ebook is to put all of this information together in one place, and then let you draw your own conclusions.

It seems very clear that we are right on the verge of epic disclosures being revealed in an event Q calls DECLAS.

I personally have never been more excited about anything in my life. Truly.

And I am incredibly grateful to the Q Anon team for Post 2700, and the acknowledgement that this will NOT be kept secret.

All of the data and testimony is converging with real-world, provable events towards an inescapable conclusion:

DECLAS is coming. Very soon.

And the world will never be the same.

 

UPDATE, NEXT DAY: OVER 100,000 VIEWS IN 24 HOURS

Right now as I post this, we are at the 24-hour mark from when I finished the final tweaks and announced this post on social media and in an email blast.

I am happy to report that thanks to you, we have already had 102,000 views in 24 hours, which may well be a new record.

 

 

Even though our email blast was labeled as ***SPAM*** by Gmail, despite no commercial offers in it, we have not been deterred.

Remember that if all else fails, the Deep State does not appear to have a way to block you from texting your friends a link if you have their phone number.

Also, if you want a PDF copy of this, scroll down, click SHOW ALL, go to where it says SHARE at the bottom, click on the Print logo on the far right, and then save as a PDF.

The Project Veritas Google Insider video is a must-see, and validates almost everything we’ve discussed in this article:

 

 

 

This Tweet just came to my attention and is probably only the beginning of all the amazing things we are about to see as the above videos, and others like them, inspire new insiders to come forward:

 

Project Veritas

@Project_Veritas

.@YouTube is LOSING their censorship battle. How do we know? Dozens of insiders have come to Project Veritas in the last 24 hours.

5,962 people are talking about this

Corey Goode Mega-Update: Ancient Builder Race- Recovering Humanity’s Billion-Year Legacy

I thought I would reintroduce this article so that we can freshen up on some of this information. This update was posted by David Wilcock on January 11th 2018 at 11:11 pm; so I’m going to reinvigorate that energy by scheduling this article to be published at 11:11 pm in hopes that it will have a far reaching effect upon the readers. 11:11 is the number for the awakening; I see it everyday at least once; but a lot of times I see it 3-4 times as day as well. If you see this number often; that’s good news because you’ve been blessed to be aware of information that will truly uplift and benefit you in ways you cannot even begin to imagine. If you don’t see this number often don’t be offended or feel left out; the fact you’re reading these words means your on the path of awakening just as I am; you cannot become aware of this information if there isn’t an intention or desire to discover your true self.

Timothy Frappier

Source: Divine Cosmos

Corey Goode Mega-Update: Ancient Builder Race- Recovering Humanity’s Billion-Year Legacy

The Secret Space Program has landed on and entered Oumuamua, the mysterious cigar-shaped “asteroid” that NASA announced in December.

What they found was a technological wonderland that they estimate to be over a billion years old — from what insiders call the Ancient Builder Race.

The Ancient Builder Race apparently left crystalline domes, pyramids, obelisks and underground cities all throughout our solar system as well as many neighboring ones.

This was described in The Ascension Mysteries, along with compelling NASA imagery of some of these ruins on the Moon, asteroids and elsewhere.

This stunning “homecoming” is only one of a series of events that transpired in the world of the Secret Space Program as of December 2017.

Corey Goode was brought out on two major occasions for his most remarkable series of visitations and experiences since at least the winter of 2016, if not the very beginning.

These experiences involve all of the characters we have met throughout this entire saga. Many of the storylines have been resolved in remarkable ways.

The ultimate takeaway is that we have turned a pivotal corner in the war against the dark forces on earth, in our solar system and beyond.

In my personal estimation, this is also the best and most interesting update Corey has ever written. I am happy and honored to help in its release.
SOME ORIENTATION IS NECESSARY

In order to fully understand what you are about to read, it is important to note that this is the latest installment in a very epic narrative that began in March 2015.

It was at this time that Corey was brought up to an alleged secret base on the moon, known as Lunar Operations Command or LOC, for the first time in many years.

This happened almost immediately after he had finished giving me his entire testimony over the phone in the preceding four months, all of which I was documenting for reference.

Corey claims to have worked for the Secret Space Program or SSP, an unacknowledged top-secret build-out of humanity in space that has occurred since the mid-20th century.

The reason I took Corey seriously is that by this point, I had spoken to many other insiders with very high-level security clearance who had revealed to me how real all of this was.
VERY HIGH STAKES

I recently described the top ten of these insiders in Stunning New Briefings, which emerged as a gift on Christmas Day 2017.

That same article debuted another long-term insider who has been quietly passing me intel for ten years — Emery Smith.

Emery claims to have autopsied some three thousand different species of ET while working at Sandia Labs on Kirtland Air Force Base.

Many of the things he told me were later independently verified by other insiders, including Corey Goode.

The depth and sophistication with which these different witness testimonies all fit together has convinced me that they are telling the truth, and referring to a greater whole that does indeed exist.

Emery decided he had to come forward after having everything stolen, an armor-piercing bullet left on his countertop, and then a head-on collision.

We formally announced his debut episode on Cosmic Disclosure to the world on Christmas Day, after a “soft launch” of the episode had occurred the week before.

The very next day, three black SUVs abducted his dog. Within hours he became so sick with apparent influenza that he had to go to the emergency room.

As we launch this article, he is again receiving hospital care for this severe illness.

These events only further seemed to confirm that “someone” — namely the Deep State — very much did not want him to come forward with this stunning intel.
COREY STRUCK WITH THE SAME FLU

Sadly, a very similar thing just happened to Corey. He was supposed to be going on the air with Jimmy Church last night in conjunction with this article’s originally-intended release.

Instead, both Corey and his daughter became so sick with the same severe influenza that I had to fill in for him at the last minute, upon his direct request.

He had a fever of 103, which is not seriously life threatening unless it went higher. He also has had unrelated, strong pain in his eye after a surgical procedure.

I am saying this to let you know that he should be fine. This is not likely to be life-threatening. He was out by the following morning.

Nonetheless, the timing — and the similarity with what happened to Emery — is very suspect. Emery is again in a hospital now.

That only makes it even more urgent that we get this briefing out to you, and frame it with enough context that you can understand it even if you are new to this.
VARIOUS WAYS TO FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF

If you have been watching Cosmic Disclosure, our weekly show on Gaia, the overview I am about to give should be familiar to you.

We have discussed these various characters and storylines extensively over the last two and a half years, in a half-hour episode per week.

Furthermore, I went through the entire storyline in this article and its “big picture” implications in last night’s radio show, which I feel is a “must listen” for you to better understand all of this.

My appearance begins at the 32:27 mark, and continues on for two and a half hours. Somehow we managed to get through all the contents of this article.

Corey was very impressed with how we were able to cover each key element of this entire briefing in the course of one three-hour program.

CLICK HERE TO HIT THE WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 10TH RADIO SHOW PAGE

THE BREAKAWAY CIVILIZATION

In order to understand what you are about to read, it is necessary to have enough room in your imagination for a very epic re-envisioning of reality as we know it.

This vision goes significantly beyond what most people are used to hearing in the UFO community, even in the more esoteric versions out there.

The Roswell crash and other such advanced wreckage supposedly allowed us to achieve interplanetary and interstellar travel.

As a result, we covertly began building bases in many different areas throughout our solar system, including the Moon, Mars and other planets’ moons as well.

The “Brain Drain” in the 1950s was the beginning of a massive effort to relocate 35 million individuals in that decade alone — truly the cream of the crop in their various fields — out to these locations.

This has since turned into what Richard Dolan would call a “Breakaway Civilization”, with a population in the hundreds of millions.

We are dealing with a group that has far more technological advancement than anything else we see on earth, and whose members are almost completely forbidden from ever returning.

This Secret Space Program, or SSP, was originally founded and controlled by very negative-leaning elements on earth that we call the Deep State, Cabal, New World Order or Illuminati.

Despite the super-high technology, in many ways life in the SSP is signifcantly worse than life on earth because of this sinister influence.
WHO IS REALLY AT THE TOP?

At the higher levels, we find out that the Deep State is in turn being controlled by highly negative reptilian-looking humanoid ETs called the Draco or the Saurians.

Multiple insiders I have spoken to have confirmed the existence of these types of beings, including the late William Tompkins. They are openly visible in the SSP.

During WWII, Tompkins personally debriefed 23 different American spies embedded in Germany’s secret space program, and heard about these malevolent ETs working directly with the Nazis.

Corey’s intel recenty revealed that the Draco are in turn infested with “nanites” of a predatory, malevolent artificial intelligence, or AI.

This AI basically wants to destroy all biological life. Ultimately even the Draco are just pawns the AI is manipulating in a greater game to achieve this goal.

What was referred to in various religious texts as Satan, or “The Adversary,” appears to be a vague description of this negative consciousness that will only interface with us through technology.

It knows that if it takes upon flesh, it becomes subject to karma and judgment — and therefore it will only interface with us through non-biological means.

The AI has successfully wiped out entire planets, solar systems, and possibly even galaxies, but in this case it appears we are winning the war.

Yep. We’re waaay down the rabbit hole here, as you can already tell by now. Yet, these stories check out remarkably well among all the highest-level insiders.
A BRIEF WORD ABOUT EXTRATERRESTRIALS

Now that Emery has come forward, I can speak more precisely about some of the things I learned over the years.

It turns out that our galaxy is literally bursting with Earth-like planets and intelligent civilizations. NASA has publicly estimated there are over 40 billion Earth-like planets in our galaxy alone.

What you learn “on the inside” is that intelligent civilizations invariably have bodies that are humanlike or at least hominid in appearance.

Emery calls this “the five-star formation” — the head, two arms and two legs. It isn’t always this way, but it again is very common.

The complex biosphere we see on Earth allegedly appears in much the same way on other Earthlike planets.

What changes, however, is the exact species on that planet that ends up developing into a humanlike form.

You can therefore have humanlike beings with characteristics that reflect every type of life we see here on earth, including insects, aquatics, mammals, birds and reptiles.

Thankfully, 95 percent of all space-faring civilizations out there are positive and benevolent. The Draco Reptilians are effectively the bullies of our galaxy.
THE SSP ALLIANCE AND THE SPHERE BEINGS

Corey’s testimony about the hidden interstellar community around us has gone significantly beyond the clues I gathered from other insiders.

At the same time, he knew many dozens of specific, highly classified data points I had already assembled, and never shared anywhere online.

None of us could have possibly expected what happened in March 2015, when Corey had an SSP craft land in his yard and bring him up to the LOC.

As we have reported before, Corey was brought into a conference room filled with people of all different races from earth, wearing the usual space-program one-piece jumpsuits.

They were key members of an alliance that had formed within the SSP, seeking to break the secrecy and return all of their technology and facilities to the people here.

Corey was asked to stand up on stage in front of these people by Gonzales, an SSP Alliance member he had just met. He was given no further instructions.

Suddenly, the crowd was shocked as two unfamiliar-looking, tall ETs appeared behind Corey as he stood there.

This next illustration shows what we have called the Blue Avian race as well as the Golden Triangle race. One of each appeared behind Corey.

THE BIG CONFERENCE AND THE LAW OF ONE

At this point, Corey became a conduit for these beings to speak to the assembled crowd. For whatever reason, the beings could not communicate with the SSP Alliance directly.

They needed an intermediary to do so — and they chose Corey.

This happened immediately after Corey had spent four months telling me everything he knew about the SSP, and had just come forward with his real name.

The SSP Alliance realized they were dealing with a very significant new ET group. One of the first questions they asked was, “Are you the Ra from the Law of One?”

The Law of One is a series of five books, channeled by L/L Research Company between 1981 and 1983. It has formed the basis of my entire life’s work ever since I began reading it in 1996.

I heard about it in late 1995 in a book by Scott Mandelker, Ph.D., who said it was by far the greatest philosophical and spiritual treatise he had ever read.

His doctorate was in East-West psychology, and he felt that it captured the deepest essence of Buddhist and other Eastern religious teachings perfectly.

The Law of One was the result of 20 years’ worth of research into trying to perfect channeling, after the pioneering work of W.B. Smith proved it could be very accurate under certain circumstances.

The verbiage was very dense, almost as if the source needed to create a new language to articulate certain concepts. I would often stay on one page for 45 minutes.

The material was so heavy, and connected so many dots for me, that I actually moved in with Carla Rueckert and Jim McCarty from early 2003 to the end of 2005.

I was the first person to live in the questioner Don Elkins’ room after his death. When I moved in, everything was exactly as it had been ever since he died in 1984.

The most surprising thing for me after I moved in was how ordinary Carla and Jim appeared to be.
SURPRISING VALIDATIONS

Another surprising determination during this time was that I had figured out a lot more of what the Law of One was saying than Carla had — even though her voice spoke the words.

You can read the entire Law of One series free online, and do targeted keyword searches, at lawofone.info. 

It can also be very helpful to own paperback copies of the books, which are available at llresearch.org.

I truly do consider this the Ph.D. of channeled material. Don Elkins, a Ph.D. physicist, often had a very hard time understanding what he was being told.

When I found it, I soon realized it was the most profound, game-changing material I had ever gotten my hands on.

My first book The Source Field Investigations extensively validated the scientific models in the Law of One. Then, The Synchronicity Key explored its many clues into the science of cycles.

The third and most recent book, The Ascension Mysteries, gave often-requested personal info in the first half and a Law of One-validating cosmic history of our solar system in the second half.

Even after three 500-page books exploring these topics, I feel I have barely scratched the surface of all the data contained in the Law of One series. There is nothing else like it available, period.
CONFIRMATION

By the time Corey had re-appeared at the LOC as an invited guest, the Alliance knew who he was, and that he had been working with me.

The Alliance knew the only way they could speak to these beings, who called themselves Guardians, was through this person they requested by name — Corey Goode.

When asked “Are you the Ra from the Law of One,” the Blue Avian only answered, “I am Ra Tear-Eir.”

Each answer in the Law of One series begins with the same first three words: “I am Ra.”

This was a compelling clue. It was actually a dead giveaway when you understand how carefully these beings must protect free will.

When I asked the same question after hearing all of this, and wanted an answer, I clearly heard “Go outside now” in my mind. A beautiful rainbow over the valley was waiting for me.

About a year later, the beings finally confirmed to Corey that they were indeed the authors of the Law of One material. By that point Corey and I had already become certain of the connection.

In all my years of studying the Law of One, I could never possibly have expected that these beings would actually show up in physical form.

I had always assumed they would remain hidden indefintiely, and only appear after a stunning quantum leap in our evolution that most people call Ascension.
THE SOLAR FLASH AND ASCENSION

Another key aspect of Law of One scholarship, which is also rooted in a variety of other forms of research, is the idea that we are going through Ascension now.

This may not be visible to us, as life can seem to be very depressing and harsh — but there are much greater forces at play here.

As I have been discussing every week now in my show Wisdom Teachings, our entire solar system is undergoing massive climate change like we see on earth.

These are huge, discontinuous events, and the scientific data has all been updated right to the present. It keeps getting more and more intense. It is a must-see.

We are seeing the sun and planets becoming brighter, hotter, more magnetic, having more ozone and charged particles, more X-ray emissions, and so forth.

Thirty-five different ancient traditions, as compiled by historians Santillana and von Dechend, all predicted we would enter into a “Golden Age” after going through this process.

The best of these traditions clearly predict that this quantum leap will be kicked into high gear as the sun gives off an epic flash of bright white light — much greater than usual.

The entire second-to-last season of Wisdom Teachings was all dedicated to the many different prophecies we find of this event.

It is woven throughout all major religions as well as many other ancient traditions. The similarities suggest there must have been a unified, hidden effort to predict this for our time.
GRADUATION

The people in the Secret Space Program have identified that these changes are being caused by a very hot and magnetic interstellar cloud our solar system is drifting into.

NASA only formally announced the data to support this with the work of Dr. Merav Opher beginning in 2009, as I have been reporting on Wisdom Teachings.

The SSP has taken Roswell-type ships out there and studied this “frothy” cloud in detail, as well as the profound effect it is having on our solar system.

The visible charge-up of our planets is a major signpost of this coming solar energy flash. Everything is measurably building up to a grand crescendo.

The entire visual appearance of some of the planets has changed radically in just the last few years, as one example.

Saturn 2011

Uranus 2006

Neptune 2011 and 2017

William Tompkins told me everyone on the inside knows this event is coming, but each person may have a completely different idea of what it is and what it will do.

The Law of One’s perspective is woven throughout all five of the books, and makes it very clear that this will be a profound evolutionary leap for humanity.

Only the most negative beings will be adversely affected by this process. For them it will indeed be deadly.

Everyone else either “graduates,” if they are ready, or gets safe passage in a cosmic Noah’s Ark-type situation to a new planet to continue in “third density.”

FOURTH DENSITY

The people who stay with the earth end up transforming into “fourth density.” You still have a physical, human-looking body — only at its core it is more energetic and capable.

This is what so many different ancient prophecies, from all over the world, have been telling us will happen for thousands of years, in less-specific terms than the Law of One.

This prophecy of Ascension is also the cornerstone of the major world’s religious teachings, including Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism and Hinduism.

The fourth-density body will be far more telepathic, will have an awareness of the afterlife and reincarnation, and will have the potential for great feats like telekinesis and levitation.

Our everyday, waking awareness will have elements that are similar to a psychedelic experience, which we will need to learn to adapt to.

The Law of One makes it very clear that this graduation is not automatic. You have to earn it by being a good person.

This literally translates as being at least fifty-one percent focused on “service to others,” meaning that you are a loving, forgiving and compassionate soul.

You can be 49 percent manipulative and controlling, or “service to self,” and still be able to graduate. At your core, you simply have to be more loving than controlling and manipulative.

If there is one thing you take out of everything you are reading here, I hope it will be to put this practice of compassion to work in your own life, starting now.
GIANT SPHERES AND 2012

I was widely attacked on the internet when the Mayan Calendar end-date came and went without any solar flash or Ascension-related events.

The scholarship surrounding this date was extremely rich, but I also knew as we got close to it that we were not ready for this to happen as a planet.

The SSP Alliance was very interested in understanding why hundreds of huge, planet-sized spheres had drifted into our solar system and cloaked, many in 2012.

Ra explained to the gathered crowd, through Corey, that these spheres were able to prevent the solar flash from happening until we, as a collective, were spiritually prepared for it.

One of the most important preparations we must go through is getting at least some degree of cosmic disclosure — about who we really are and what is really going on.

Exposing the true ugliness of the Deep State, including satanism and pedophilia, is only the first step of this process.

Far more important is that we see the barriers of secrecy come down around UFOs and the existence of the secret space program.

The awe-inspiring psychological shifts this will cause in the mass public will lead to widespread spiritual awakenings that will much more directly prepare us for this shift.

In fact, the Law of One says that we will ultimately determine when the shift happens by our collective, overall level of spiritual advancement.
WHEN WILL IT HAPPEN?

Since 2012 was obviously a bust, most people believe that the whole story was ‘fake’ and has been discredited. Nothing could be further from the truth.

Interplanetary climate change keeps getting more and more intense. Disclosure is ramping up on Earth, big time. The good are getting better and the bad are getting worse.

Millions of people are having powerful dreams and other visionary experiences on an ever-increasing basis. We are heading right into Ascension at top speed.

Although no one knows for sure when the flash is anticipated to happen, the SSP has used various methods to calculate an approximate, expected time window.

When we combine what the various beings who have spoken to Corey have told us, as well as these insiders, it appears this will happen by or before 2023.

It might be sooner than that, but it is apparently not likely to be any later. Again, the real key has to do with our overall readiness for it as a collective.

The SSP Alliance was very interested in what Ra had to say about this event, and its consequences, in that very interesting meeting of March 2015.

The Alliance heard that the giant spheres would “buffer” the transition to make it smoother, and eventually phase out of existence entirely as we got close.

That is now happening. The spheres have already just about disappeared. That is just one small part of Corey’s latest briefings from the ET side of things.
THE ANCIENT BUILDER RACE

There are many interesting characters that have appeared in the Corey Goode / Cosmic Disclosure saga. At times I will insert paragraphs to help explain the back-story as we go along.

One key point that is worth addressing before we get started, however, is this notion of the Ancient Builder Race as it relates to the Law of One.

First of all, there are two different SSPs — the Navy / Interstellar program Corey was in, and the Air Force / MIC program other insiders I know are aware of.

The MIC (military-industrial complex) program is predominantly centered in cloaked, flying aircraft carriers like we saw in The Avengers. They have craft that cannot leave our solar system.

As a whole, they were apparently designed for a “Partial Disclosure” scenario, so that the deeper Navy / Interstellar SSP could still remain secret.

If the MIC SSP members were questioned, even under torture, they would only reveal what they believed — which is that they were the best game in town.

The MIC SSP people are well aware that our solar system is a “cosmic junkyard” of very ancient, crystalline ruins — such as domes, obelisks, pyramids and underground cities.

The oldest of these ruins date back some 2.5 billion years. The people who built them are invariably referred to as the Ancient Builder Race.

Very little is known about these people, simply because all written inscriptions had been scratched off, and their technologies largely plundered.
DIRECT CONNECTION WITH THE LAW OF ONE

After Corey shared this with me, I eventually realized this was directly connected to material in the Law of One.

Specifically, the civilization calling itself Ra said it had originated on the planet Venus in our solar system.

They explained that they built pyramids and obelisks, and reached a profoundly high level of technology before their own Ascension into fourth density.

Furthermore, it is very clearly stated that they had evolved out of third density on Venus approximately 2.6 billion years ago as we measure time.

I had never forgotten that after reading it in 1996.

The Klerksdorp stone spheres appear to be intelligently built, and were found embedded in rock strata that is about 2.8 billion years old.

This may be one small archeological clue to support the idea that this civilization had visited Earth during this same timeframe.

The data is much greater within the SSP. They have dated many different ancient ruins as being one to two billion years old, if not more so, with advanced methods.

I didn’t immediately figure out that Ra was the Ancient Builder Race, but once I did, it answered many different questions raised by Corey’s material.

The exact timing of Oumuamua’s entrance into our solar system does not appear to be an accident in light of what Corey witnessed in December 2017.

This cosmic saga you are about to read culminates with the MIC SSP discovering a surviving, ancient ship from the Ancient Builder Race — and going inside.

Again, this ship is being called Oumuamua by NASA. It may soon become the most significant tool for disclosure that we have ever seen.
WITHOUT FURTHER ADO….

Let’s now dive directly into Corey’s latest update. As I said before, at various points I will insert paragraphs of back-story in case you are new to this.

All of what you are about to read was written by Corey and based on his alleged in-person experiences in December of 2017.

Hardly anything has been modified except for small corrections in grammar and sentence structure.
BEGIN COREY GOODE UPDATE

COREY GOODE: I had been receiving a clear uptick in dream communications with Tear-Eir over the last ten weeks.

[DAVID WILCOCK: Tear-Eir is the key being from Ra that Corey has been working with since this all started.]

Most of the communications that I received were dealing with the preparations being made by various races for the arrival of the two new guardian races that were members of the Sphere Being Alliance.

[DW: The Sphere Being Alliance includes the spheres themselves, as they are alive, as well as five different high-level ET groups including the Blue Avians and the Golden Triangle beings.]

During this timeframe, I have also had a large number of briefings. This included a few meetings with Earth Alliance, SSP Alliance and the Anshar. I also had a very strange and intense encounter with Gonzales and the Mayans.

[DW: The Anshar are humanlike beings living in huge cities under the earth’s surface.

They are directly discussed multiple times in the Law of One series, but not with this same name.

The Mayans are a group of humans from the Mayan civilization who made their way into space thanks to the ET contact they had at the time.]

LARGE-SCALE MEETINGS

These briefings all led up to large-scale meetings between the Sphere Being Alliance, the Super Federation and the Draco Federation.

[DW: The Super-Federation is a group of at least 60 different ET races that have been tinkering with our genetics on Earth for thousands of years.

We will have much more to say about them as we go on. The Draco Federation is an alliance of the evil, reptilian ETs and other groups under their control.]

Most recently I was brought to a meeting where the Inner Earth Groups, Sentinels and the Sphere Being Alliance Delegates from the local 52 stars in our stellar neighborhood were introduced to the new guardians.

[DW: The Sentinels appeared as guardians of Ancient Builder Race ruins that Corey allegedly visited on the planet Venus in 2016, as an invited guest.]

Consequently, the Blue Avians and Golden Triangle Beings left us with a message before saying goodbye to our density.
SURROUNDED WITH BOXES

I will start back in the time frame of mid-October of 2017. I was in the living room of the house we just moved out of in Plano, Texas.

It was around 3:30 AM. I was looking over art that we were thinking of using in the graphic novel we are working on, which interestingly enough is going to be titled Return of the Guardians.

I was surrounded by boxes and plastic crates from all of the packing to move to Colorado.

Without warning, I found myself transported by a flash of light to the Mayan Ship, which was somewhere in the Earth’s orbit. I found myself in one of the long corridors that I had seen on prior visits.

I normally feel an incredible “blissed out” energy while on the Mayan Vessels. This time the energy was very frantic.
ENGAGED IN BATTLE

Gonzales quickly grabbed me and started pulling me towards a double wide door that lead into a room.

[DW: As we said before, Gonzales was also in contact with the Sphere Beings and was Corey’s main affiliate within the SSP Alliance.]

Ever since he had gone through the “Mayan Healing” I had only seen a smile in his eyes. Now, however, the look in his eyes was one of concern.

I planted my feet and put my hand on one of the bulkheads to try to stop and get an idea of what was going on. This was highly unusual activity on a Mayan Vessel.

I saw Mayans holding large stones that looked like huge axe heads.

They were holding either side or “edge” of these devices, and were using them as either a shield or a weapon.

They cautiously entered into the room ahead of us. They looked very much as if they were engaged in battle.

Gonzales told me that there was no time to explain as he pulled me by my arm towards the doorway.

He stated that they needed me to walk into the room and let myself be seen. He said “That is all you have to do.”

I was about to protest and demand more info when he shoved me right through the doorway.
REPTILIAN BEING IN A CONTAINMENT BUBBLE

I found myself standing in the opening of a room, similar to the ones in which I had previously received medical treatment.

[DW: The Mayan group specializes in providing healing to the survivors of the trauma from the secret space program and its darkest activities.]

I saw about a dozen Mayans standing and pointing their weapons towards the other end of the room, where a being was floating inside a containment bubble… about halfway between the floor and ceiling.

I immediately felt the emotions of the Mayans. They were extremely emotionally stressed. Prior to this I had never felt anything but peace and love from them.

I then noticed between five and seven Mayans laying on the floor who were obviously dead. Their “stone axe head” weapons were floating about 2 feet above the floor.

I looked back to the being still floating on the other side of the room. It was a reptilian-type being with a bone structure that looked more like a human.

It had what looked like olive green snake skin stretched across the human looking bones and had a slightly elongated head/ skull.

What you are seeing is an approximate image, used in part from conventionally-available sources, to help illustrate what this scene looked like.

SIMILAR TO THE HIGHEST-RANKING DRACO

There was a weird mirage effect that didn’t allow me to see his face or eyes very clearly, but I could see that his facial features also looked fairly human.

I could see the slit pupils of his eyes opening and closing.

This motion brought about rhythmic flashes of yellow and black within its pupils, reminiscent of what I witnessed within the eyes of the Royal White Draco.

[DW: Early in this saga, Corey met the commander of the Draco empire, a 14-foot-tall white-colored being.

It did very similar things with its eyes, and this had a terrifying hypnotic effect.]

This being was about seven feet tall, and had a very defined and wiry muscular structure. He was barefoot, clothed in a black one-piece suit, and draped in a brown, blue and gold shawl or cape.
SNAP!

This being jerked its head over in my direction and started addressing me by the name the Blue Avians call me, “Raw-Hanush-Eir.”

It got to the middle of “Hanush” when there was a loud SNAP!

I realized at that moment that I was not there to negotiate anything. I was there to be the distraction which would allow this being to be killed.
HANUSH = ENOCH

[DW: As I said on the radio show with Jimmy Church, the term “Hanush” appears to be synonymous with “Enoch,” as in the Book of Enoch.

The exact Hebrew spelling is khanokh, or kn.n.kh, which translates as teacher, one who guides, and messenger.

The Book of Enoch is as old as the book of Genesis, and equally important. It describes a race of giants on earth that became cannibalistic to humans.

These giants used Enoch to petition the benevolent Elohim for mercy, after they learned that a great flood was coming that would balance their karma.

They asked to be airlifted to safety and were denied.

Very interestingly, the Draco White Royal similarly used Corey to beg to be released from our solar system before the upcoming solar flash — and was denied.

For this reason, I have speculated that “Enoch” is essentially a political term in the ET world that could also be akin to “Diplomat” or “Ambassador.”

In our present time, Corey appears to have been thrust into this role. It is not Messianic, nor should he be seen as anything special, just as with Carla, Jim, Don and myself.

Corey has had many difficulties and threats, and has had a very hard time adjusting to all the strange things that have been happening to him.]

“YOU HAVE DONE WELL”

Mayans immediately flooded the room to attend to their dead, and to secure the body of the Reptilian being that had just been taken out.

Gonzales rushed into the room with them, and walked up to its body.

He then approached me to let me know that I had done well.

I was still a bit shocked and definitely not happy that I had been used to distract a being so as to allow its assassination, without any warning or explanation.
A DRACO CAPTIVE

Gonzales saw that I was upset and stopped, put his hands out in the air and took a long slow breath as he lowered his arms. He paused for a moment with his eyes closed.

Then he looked at me and said, “Okay, we are very sorry to have put you through that. We were transferring a recent Draco captive that was a VIP.

“We had captured him hours before, in a cavern system deep below the African continent.

“Apparently, the Mayans over-estimated their ability to contain him with their stasis technology.”

Gonzales went on to tell me that this reptilian was being transferred to a special detention facility when it regained consciousness, and began attacking the Mayans one by one.

He explained that the Draco and Super Federation groups used this facility as a prison for beings who have violated a certain agreement that was made long ago.

He said he wanted to give me more info… but there was, again, no time.

He looked over at a Mayan standing by one of the floating stone control panels as it flashed its normal variety of colors, lights and symbols.

Gonzales looked back at me and said, “Allow them to see what just occurred.”

Before I could ask who he was talking about, there was a flash of light.
DISAPPOINTED THEY COULDN’T DELIVER THE PRISONER ALIVE

I found myself standing in a huge cavern along with Gonzales, a handful of the Mayans and the body of the reptilian being.

We were in a cavernous area in which the walls led up to two separate plateaus, about 90 feet above us. On one ledge I could see tall blonde beings, along with the group known as Ebens.

On the other ledge were various types of insectoids, including ant-like beings as well as mantis-like beings. Both groups seemed to keep looking back as if they were communicating with someone on their ledge that was out of our view.

Suddenly, something that felt like a chorus of minds began connecting with my own thoughts.

They were all playing back the events that I had just witnessed on the Mayan vessel. It seemed to replay in my head over a dozen times before they disengaged their connection.

I was still very confused and in a bit of shock from the ordeal. I noticed that the Mayans and Gonzales were obviously going through the same replay of events in their heads.

When it was over, I had time to notice that the Mayans and Gonzales were more than a bit disappointed that they were unable to deliver their prisoner alive.

I was going to approach Gonzales to inquire more about what had just occurred when I was delivered back home with a flash of light.

I was determined not to let this go, and set the intention to demand more info from Gonzales at one of our future meetings.
COMMENTARY BY DAVID WILCOCK

[DW: As I pointed out on the radio show, it is interesting to look at this event as being a synchronistic mirror of what we are also seeing here on Earth.

The latest briefings I have been reporting have indicated that 40,000 different people have been arrested in 2017 for child trafficking and related crimes.

This purge is now finally working its way up to top Deep State operatives, many of whom are listed in some 10,000 different sealed indictments.

We are hearing that many top people have already been brought to detention facilities on Navy ships and even at Guatanamo Bay in Cuba.

It therefore appears that similar strides are being made in the “space war” as we are seeing here on earth.

Specifically, top Draco elites are being arrested, detained and hopefully questioned.

The above VIP witness apparently could have revealed a great deal more of the Draco’s plans.

The Mayans under-estimated how powerful it was.

Since these beings know who Corey is and what his role is at this time, his sudden appearance gave them just enough distraction to defeat this being before it killed anyone else.

It is very interesting, therefore, to see this as a clear indication that the war is being won on both fronts — both on earth as well as in space.]

DREAM COMMUNICATIONS AND THE BLUE ORB

CG: I did my best to forget the frightening experience with Gonzales and the Mayans and get back into “work mode.”

Several of our projects needed attention. Almost immediately, once again, I began to receive dream communications from Tear-Eir.

In one of these dream-state communications, I was told that I should prepare for a series of meetings with the Super Federation and the “Council at Saturn” in the next few days.

On Saturday, December 16, 2017, at a little after 3:30 AM, a blue orb appeared in my room. I got up and put on the nice clothes that I had laid out next to my bed the night before.

[DW: It is very interesting that this was the same day that the officially-sanctioned Tom DeLonge UFO disclosure occurred, as I discussed on Christmas.]

As I buttoned up my shirt, I mused for a moment on how much I looked like I was going in to Gaia Studios to shoot an episode of Cosmic Disclosure.

I then faced the orb and indicated that I was ready to be transported.

As usual, I was given very little information on what to expect or what would be expected of me.
ARRIVAL AT THE SUPER FEDERATION BASE

I arrived in a secluded area by the stairs, close to some decorative plants in the foyer of the Super Federation Base, close to Jupiter.

I recognized immediately where I was and began to scan the area to see who was among those standing close by.

I noticed Gonzales and three Mayans standing not far away. As soon as Gonzales noticed me, he sprinted over to me, leaving his escorts behind.

He put a hand on each of my shoulders and asked, “Are you ready for this?” I replied ,”Ready for what?” and went on to tell him that I had no idea what was going on.

Gonzales lit up as he smiled, and said “Typical. It’s probably for the best. You would be out of your mind with nervousness.”

I narrowed my eyes at him and was about to comment further when Gonzales looked over at the Mayans, nodded at them, and then guided me up the foyer stairs to one of the doors of the conference hall.

I asked “What, no ridiculous purple suit this time?” He smiled and then quickly returned his glance forward, walking me past groups of different beings preparing for the conference.
THE AQUATIC BEINGS

As we walked further into the hall, I noticed that it was unusually full. There was a variety of different beings present that I either hadn’t seen in decades or were unfamiliar to me all together.

Among the species I was unfamiliar with was a small group of Aquatic beings that stuck out because of their atmospheric needs.

There were five completely different types of Aquatics, three of which didn’t have legs or feet, but instead had tails.

Some of the tails looked similar to what you would see on a walrus (aquatic mammal-looking) while others looked more Eel-like.

One of the artists who is working on the new SBA Comic and Graphic Novel, Steve Cefalo, made a depiction here of one of the Aquatic beings.

You can find out more about this project at ReturnoftheGuardians.com.

GIVING YOU THE CREEPS

The three beings without legs were suspended in cylinders of water that were floating above the floor.

The water must have been contained in a cylindrical force field that maintained environmental control around their bodies.

These beings were making me feel very uncomfortable on an intuitive level. As we walked past them, I leaned over to Gonzales and asked, “Do those Aquatic beings in the water give you the creeps?”

Gonzales paused and pulled a smart glass pad out of his jacket. He looked at the pad for a moment as he was accessing it and then handed it to me.

He said that they are maintaining a large number of experiments in our oceans, and consequently do not like humans very much. They consider us a cancer to this planet’s oceans and wildlife.

He said the last thing you want to do is accidentally find yourself in any of the waters they’re performing experiments in.

I looked down and pulled up on the smart glass pad. It revealed a classified military report from the Korean War era.
THE KOREAN WAR INCIDENT

According to this report, during the Korean war there was a US bomber that had to ditch in the ocean off of the Korean Peninsula.

The crew of the plane was able to get out a distress call before crashing into the frigid Pacific water. The crew survived the crash, and was able to grab a lot of gear before jumping into life rafts.

The plane sank very quickly, leaving the survivors in three different lifeboats, spread out about 100 yards apart.

They started to use paddles to try to bring the survivors together to increase their chances of survival. Suddenly screams were heard from one of the life rafts. It was dusk, so visibility was decreasing.

What the survivors witnessed next was hard for them to wrap their minds around.

They saw what looked like a human figure launch out of the water and pull one of the survivors into the water by their life vest. The human figure was fighting to pull the survivor underwater but was unable to, due to his life jacket.

Screams were heard from one of the other life boats as more of these human-looking figures launched into the air, attempting to pull survivors into the water.

The group on the third boat was made up of the pilot and flight crew, who quickly pulled out their side-arms and readied themselves for defense.
THE SOLDIERS WERE ATTACKED

The soldiers were scanning their immediate area for a ship or submarine that these enemy divers may have come from.

Then, suddenly three aquatic beings leapt onto the edge of their life raft, grasping at the survivors. The pilot and another crew member opened fire, killing all three of the aquatic beings. They left the beings’ bodies floating on the life raft.

The survivors stayed in a back-to-back defense posture until daylight came. The carcasses of two of the fallen aquatic beings were draped with their tails hanging in the water, allowing their comrades to snatch the bodies back into the ocean.

In response, the pilot pulled the remaining body all the way onto the raft, so as to have a specimen to hand over to the military… if they survived.

The surviving men were, in fact, rescued eight hours later by the US Navy.

The body of the aquatic being was removed and sent for study, while the official report stated that the survivors were merely suffering from the mental trauma of the crash and the subsequent series of shark attacks that had taken their crewmates.

I will be giving a more complete presentation on these beings and the information regarding oceanic experiments, bases and vehicles on March 18th in Kona, Hawaii with Joan Ocean and Michael Salla.

You can get more info here about the “Waves of Disclosure” event here: http://www.joanocean.com/Seminars.html#COREY

FIELDS GENERATING NATIVE ATMOSPHERES

I was more than a little disturbed by the report, and began to look around at the other beings present at the gathering.

I asked Gonzales if they too have the same sort of field generating their native atmospheres.

He stated, “Yes, just like the aquatics, each of them has a field around them that produces their own planet’s atmosphere.

“There is one around the both of us right now.”

YOUR TURN IN THE CHAIR

He looked up at the domed ceiling above us and then down at the deck. He paused and said, “This space station is very advanced and very ancient.”

“It is able to scan any being that arrives, so as to replicate their biological needs instantly.”

“It also has the ability to interface with each being on a consciousness level, and facilitate bi-directional communications between all present.”

Gonzales walked over to one of the horseshoe-shaped seating areas for delegates, and stopped to look around.

I asked “Are you in the chair today, or am I?”

He responded, “No, you are up there,” while pointing to the speaker’s platform. He started to chuckle as I broke my horrified gaze from the speaker platform back to where he was standing.

He had a big grin on his face. “Don’t worry, how could a meeting between the Super Federation and the Guardians be a bad thing?”

He looked around. “Okay, now walk up onto the platform and think to yourself, “I am ready to begin.””

I asked, “Begin what?” He just sat down without answering me, a smirk across his face.
“I AM READY”

I walked up to the platform and turned to the assembly. Every eye in the assembly hall was on me. I could feel the anticipation of the beings in the room.

I looked over at the Earth Delegation. I recognized the person in the seat as one of the members of the Council of 200, with whom I had had prior encounters.

I was starting to get a bit shaky when I figured I would just get it over with. I thought to myself, “I am ready.”

Immediately, Tear-Eir and the Golden Triangle Being were standing behind me, very much in the same manner as when they had first appeared with me in front of the SSP Alliance at the LOC.

Tear-Eir addressed me and said “Repeat everything exactly as I communicate it to you,” to which I nodded in agreement. I then turned to the delegation once more, and began to speak.

I then spoke the words, “We greet you in the love and light of the one infinite creator.” At this time, both Tear-Eir and the Golden Triangle being put their palms forward and bowed. I mimicked what they did.

I felt a very deliberate, yet loving energy coming from Tear-Eir. It seemed he was opening more of himself up to me than he had previously.

I was overcome with emotion. Though I was not crying, tears were streaming down my face to where I couldn’t see the assembly very well.
THE SUPER-FEDERATION BROKE COSMIC LAW

I continued to speak for Tear-Eir, not really understanding much of what I said.

There were some cosmic legal statements, and then I was directed into speaking about the twenty-two genetic programs being run by the Super Federation.

Tear-Eir was having me address groups of beings by both their name and where they came from.

[DW: I asked him for specifics, and he said there are deliberate protective protocols that create amnesia on these sorts of details. This is in keeping with the Law of One directives on protecting free will.]

Tear-Eir began to discuss cosmic agreements over these programs that have been made and broken over oceans of time.

It seems that each of the fifty-two stars in our local star cluster have gone through similar genetic programs.

[DW: These Super-Federation groups have been taking DNA from all over the galaxy and blending it with us in these programs, super-charging us for Ascension.]

Tear-Eir then announced that the Super Federation as they knew it would soon be disbanded, as had been done in countless other star systems. This was in full accordance with cosmic law.

Tear-Eir further stated that soon two more Guardian races would come to replace the Blue Avians and Golden Triangle Beings.

At that point, the new Guardians would guide the Super Federation through consolidating and closing down these programs.
REMEMBER THE PONCE SYSTEM

Immediately about a third of the assembly stood up and began speaking and pleading their cases all at once. Some were speaking, while most were reaching out telepathically.

[DW: The Super-Federation beings had believed that they would continue “managing” us for thousands more years after the solar flash.

They felt as if we were their creations, not autonomous beings. Thus everyone was very upset in being told they were going to lose all control over us.]

Some sort of automated system in the space station blocked the communications. Some of them were moving their arms around and were talking, but no sound was heard.

Tear-Eir then had me say “remember the Ponce System.”

I had a flash of some sort of military conflict between a few of the Super Federation groups and a Guardian group that was enforcing a similar situation in a far-away star system, long ago.

The incident seemed significant to everyone present, except the Earth Delegation and myself.
A SEAT AT THE COUNCIL

The delegates returned to their seats and waited for me to address them again.

Tear-Eir then had me state, “Humanity has had much to overcome. In this new phase, this council will soon disband.

“Humanity’s “Cosmic Family” will assist them in healing and guiding them through the management of their own genetic and spiritual growth.

“This council will attend to its members incarnated on Earth, until which time humanity requests that you remove them.

“Humanity will be offered an official seat at a new Super Federation Council.

“These Cosmic Family members will use their experiences as a part of these programs to help guide this council in further ongoing programs across this Galaxy.”

Tear-Eir then had me say, “In Service to All, In Service of the One.”

“DO YOU KNOW WHAT THIS MEANS?”

Then he and the Triangle Being disappeared, leaving me once again alone on the stage. When I looked down at the seat Gonzales was in, he stood up and did a quiet clapping motion of his hands.

I quickly walked down to him, and he once again guided me by my elbow towards the exit.

We walked briskly out of the conference room and past the three Mayans who were standing in the same place as when we had left them.

He walked me back to my original spot, close to the plants, and spun me around. He said “Do you know what this means?”

I looked at him and said, “Humanity will not be controlled and experimented on by dozens of ET races who think they are gods?”

He smiled and said, “They are the gods from our myths…. But, yes. And it means that the Galactic Federation, which the Sphere Being Alliance is a part of, will now assist us with the Draco Empire.

“They will not remove them for us, but will provide support that allows us to clean up our own house.

We will really only have to contend with the AI threat until the series of solar events clear them from the Sol System.”

WE WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ROOTING OUT THE DRACO

I was shocked and said, “The Sphere Being Alliance is non-violent; how will they confront the reptilians?”

He said, “I think we will have to watch that play out together. After the series of solar events, the Draco will be energetically expelled from this system.

“An incompatible energy will emanate from the Sun for about a thousand years.

“Many reptilians will try to remain hidden on Earth in temporal fields and within heavily shielded bases deep in the Earth, as they have for prior cycles.

“Humans will be responsible for rooting them out of their hiding places.

“During that time, the Draco will be unable to return to this system.”

THOUSAND-YEAR ENERGY FIELD

I asked, “Why for only a thousand years?” Gonzales looked at me and said, “Sounds Biblical, doesn’t it?

“The Earth is near a Super Gate. Those are quite special.

[DW: I checked on this data point for The Ascension Mysteries and found NASA data confirming that there is a huge “plasma chimney” near our sun that may head out to a neighboring galaxy.]

“Cosmic law prevents closing down Super Gates to travel for any certain race.

“The only alternative is to block their access to a system the super-gate is near. After Humanity has been through disclosure and the solar events, the reptilians will be of little threat.”

I asked “Who manages this energy field for the thousand-year period?”

He stated, “The thousand-year energy fields seem to be a natural part of the cosmic web’s cycles and energy flow.”

He stated that according to his info, this thousand-year cycle is “not something set up by Galactic Federation assets.”

At that point a blue orb appeared once again, and zig-zagged around.

Some of the beings that attended the conference were watching the orb as it zagged close to my chest, and then transported me out of their sight.

CLICK HERE TO CONTINUE TO PART TWO

PART TWO: THE ANSHAR AND OUMUAMUA

CLICK HERE FOR PART ONE

THE ANSHAR TEMPLE COMPLEX

COREY GOODE: I expected to be transported to my bedroom where I was picked up, but instead I found myself standing in the Anshar Temple Complex.

I saw Aree and her sister walking towards me with very big smiles on their faces.

They greeted me with enthusiastic hugs, and guided me down one of the halls that led to the cavern where their city once was.

We boarded one of the Anshar Buses and entered the temporal anomaly.

We landed on a domed rooftop, which had a landing platform similar to a helipad on stilts.

We entered a door in the roof, and quickly continued into a small room that had two oval tubes going down into the floor. They were barely big enough for a person to fit in.

The delegation I was with began to stand in the tubes and float downward, two by two.

When it was my turn I stepped into the tube, expecting to drop.

I felt like I was on firm ground, even though I could see the head of one of the delegates disappearing below me. When I went down, I had the exact same sensation as if I was going down an elevator.

We walked through the building, where there were a number of Anshar walking around and performing their daily business.
FLYING LIKE SUPERMAN

I noticed an area up ahead where people were entering. They looked as if they were coming and going through a solid wall with no doors.

We followed a group out through the exit. I felt a quick static tingle as we passed through the wall.

When we came out and looked around, I noticed we were in more of a rural-looking area of the Anshar city.

We walked down onto a very narrow street, which revealed Anshar of all ages walking and flying around like Superman. This was quite stunning to see.

I noticed the inhabitants smiling as they were bustling around, doing their normal routines.

There was very little noise pollution or even sounds of people making the types of background noises that I am accustomed to hearing. It was very quiet and serene.

I was then guided to a very large domed building that was a community living area where Aree and her sister live.
GROWING OPPORTUNITIES

I was told that I was going to be prepared for upcoming “growing opportunities” that I would be presented with in the next year.

[DW: This usually means some type of difficult karma that you have to work through on your spiritual path. Suffering is seen as an “opportunity” in the Law of One.]

They would also prepare me to greet the Guardians in a ceremony in the near future.

I was told to keep this information and the bulk of the conversations I have with her people to myself for now.

[DW: Some of what he received was personal for me. I found it incredibly interesting, and it has completely changed how I am writing Awakening in the Dream.]

I was informed that I was being allowed to stay with the Anshar for a short period of time during this preparation. I would be brought back for a longer period of time later in the year.

I was concerned about not having clothing or toiletries with me. Aree noted my concern. Without me even communicating this, she responded by saying, “We will provide for all of your needs.”

PRIVATE ACCOMMODATIONS

She walked me to a small room with a bed, and motioned to relevant items set upon the bed.

I looked and saw clothing that seemed like it was out of a 1980’s Sears or JC Penney catalog.

There was also a small bag of toiletries that had items looking equally as old.

I was with them for what seemed like a couple of days. I had to take a normal sleep cycle on two different occasions while I was there.

The Anshar didn’t really sleep. They just spent forty minutes or so in one of the egg-shaped chairs every few days.

During my stay, while sitting around in a circle of the egg-shaped chairs learning to access their neural network, Gonzales walked into the room.

He looked exhausted, and a bit thin and gaunt.
GONZALES AND THE GIANTS

He seemed to know I was in the room, and was looking around for me. I stood up and walked towards him with a cautious look on my face.

He saw me walking towards him, and dropped into one of the empty chairs close by. I sat in a chair, interfaced with it and guided mine towards his.

I told him he looked like hell.

His response was that hell is basically where he had just come from. I was immediately curious, and asked him to explain.

He told me he had been dealing with a group of red-haired giant refugees for over a year now. He said that most of these beings are heavily traumatized and very unpredictable.
THEY ONCE HAD A VAST EMPIRE

He went on to tell me how this red-haired race had ruled large areas on the surface of the Earth during different time periods, just before and after the last ice age.

He stated that they felt they were abandoned by their creator race, and were left to live on their own.

They now know that their “creator race” was mostly destroyed in a cataclysm prior to the last ice age.

[DW: When I asked Corey about this, he reconfirmed that these beings were genetically manufactured by a race that crash-landed here roughly 55,000 years ago in the area we now call Antarctica.

These are the “Fallen Angels” referred to in the Book of Enoch and other scriptural texts.

In terms of cosmic history, they appear to be the surviving descendants of a race that destroyed their planet in our solar system, forming the Asteroid Belt.

Jim Vieira has identified over 1500 examples of giant skeleton findings in mainstream media articles from the 1800s and early 1900s.

One common trait is that they might have double sets of teeth. This is a genetic abnormality caused by the improper mixing of different DNA types.]

THE SURVIVING GIANTS

Gonzales stated that among other things, the Giants were used by the Pre-Adamites to enforce their rule over humanity.

This empire was also enforced with the use of their genetically-created chimera beings and other such genetic experiments we have described before.

When the Pre-Adamites disappeared, the humans turned on the giants.

The surviving giants had to live mostly underground or near the surface in caves. They were dealing with a level of starvation and disease they had never before experienced.

They would go on hunting parties to obtain any meat that they could. Many of these hunting parties would come back with human captives, who they would then eat one at a time.

This went on for thousands of years, from the time of the Ice Age / “Atlantis” cataclysm up until more recent history, when humans began to rise in population and become more organized.
THEY REMAINED HIDDEN

At this point, the human groups began to hunt the giants. Many of the giants’ family groups were tracked down and killed by these human hunting parties.

This drove them deeper and deeper underground, where it became more and more difficult to find the type of nourishment and large number of calories their bodies needed.

Many died as they learned to adapt to the Inner Earth. They soon became a menace for a few lesser-advanced Inner Earth dwellers, as they hunted one of these groups into extinction.

This was a time of great suffering and anxiety for these beings. Many from their royal and priest castes began to put themselves into stasis using Ancient Builder Race and Pre-Adamite technologies.

The red-haired giants from these two castes left clear instructions for their remaining people. They were to remain hidden, and they would manage their numbers to be able to survive in the few sanctuaries that had been located.

These areas had types of fish, shellfish and types of lichen and fungus that would sustain their small population until a designated time when they would return.
REFUSING TO RECEIVE HEALING

Gonzales stated that he had been attempting to make an agreement with this race that would allow the Mayans to come down and provide healing technologies for them.

They had traumas and physical issues that developed from remaining underground, with a diet that had barely sustained them.

He went on to tell me that about twenty-six of the beings in these Royal/Priest castes had been retrieved from stasis chambers and returned to the surviving giants.

The bulk of these giants were being held in facilities that were controlled by either the Cabal, or by assets of the Draco.

He stated that over 130 more of these Stasis Beings had been taken to these areas. Among the giants being held in these facilities were an entire ruling-class family.

Gonzales said that the giants in the sanctuaries are so psychologically messed up that he can barely deal with them at all.

He said they were completely irrational. They refuse to receive healing until the rest of their Royals/ Priests are returned.

Since the Alliance and Anshar had liberated a few of them in the past, the giants expected them to be able to liberate the rest of their people.
HOW WOULD YOU LIKE TO TAG ALONG?

Gonzales has been unable to convince any of them at this point to accept the healing gifts from the Mayans, and to then work together to try to locate and rescue the rest of their people.

He said it was a huge mess that got even worse when he was asked to leave the Anshar City last year, because of some erratic behavior he was exhibiting at the time.

He said it was very strange that they had been more responsive to him before he received his healing than they were now.

As he sat back, I saw a twinkle in his eye. He smiled and asked, “How would you like to tag along on my next trip?”

“It wouldn’t be the first time you had a conversation with someone who wanted to eat you.”

I laughed. “As long as it is not a similar experience as the Royal White Reptilian, I am good to go.”

He assured me that there was no danger with the Anshar guards present.
THE ELDERS WARMED UP TO ME

Aree and her sister then came and joined us at this point.

It was interesting to see the rest of Aree’s family group react to Gonzales. They all kept themselves a minimum of twenty feet away from him.

[DW: This is precisely what insider Pete Peterson recently said this same group does when they are around us. His people call the Anshar the Tall Whites.]

When Gonzales came in, I noticed the elders getting up to guide the children out of the commons area fairly quickly.

I noticed the Anshar were the acting same way towards me when I first arrived. They would put a hand out to keep their children from approaching me too closely.

They seemed to gather in small groups that would glance over at me, as if they were in some sort of discussion.

Their reaction began to shift after they saw Aree take me by the arm or hand a few times, guiding me to the dining area or to speak with one of the Elders.

By the day Gonzales arrived, the children were walking up close enough for me to reach out and touch them, though I was instructed not to.

The Elders warmed up to me soon afterward, and I began to have more interactions with them.
TIME TO GREET THE GUARDIANS

The elders were about two feet taller than the younger Anshar. They looked very frail, and their wrists and other bones looked extremely thin.

[DW: This again is precisely the same thing I recently heard from Pete, in a seemingly unrelated briefing. As these beings age, they eventually get taller.]

Most of the Elders didn’t walk around but flew around, similar to Superman.

I found myself completely in awe as I saw them just lift off, turn in the air and then slowly fly away.

Aree and her sister visited with Gonzales and me for a little while.

Once we had finished all of our conversations, I was told that it was time for “The Hanush to greet the Guardians.”

We would soon be going to the Council of Saturn Embassy for the meeting.

I said goodbye to the members of Aree’s family that I had met.
A CEREMONY TO CELEBRATE

We then made our way back to the Anshar bus craft. We flew out of the temporal anomaly and landed back in the cavern.

We walked through the hallway back to the Temple Complex. When we got to the large domed room, I could see members of the seven different inner-earth groups standing in a line, going to the cleansing room.

I was taken past the front of the line and into the cleansing room. We completed the cleansing ceremony and put on our robes and sandals.

Aree had a small, light-brown bag hanging by her hip. She took my clothes and put them into the bag.

Then she looked up, telling me that a ceremony was about to take place, and that I would be sharing the honor of this ceremony with them.

It was explained that the ceremony’s purpose was to celebrate and prepare for the meeting with the Guardians.

I told her it was my honor. She seemed happy and playful. There didn’t seem to be any concern or preoccupation over maintaining their timeline.
THE ELIXIR OF ISIS

As I took in the space, I noticed everyone around me was carrying the same excited energy.

Something like a guided prayer and meditation service then occurred. At the end of the ceremony, goblets of the Elixir of Isis were passed around.

[DW: The Law of One revealed that Ra, Isis and other historic Egyptian figures were originally positive, and their stories were later co-opted by negative Cabal-type religious groups.]

I took a glass and held it like I would a glass of champagne. Aree noticed. With a big smile, she held up her glass, waved her hand over it and moved her lips, as if saying a prayer.

She took a long steady sniff of the drink while holding the glass up to her face with both hands. She then held the glass out and then up slightly, before taking a drink.

I did the best I could to repeat what she had done before taking a drink of the elixir, which was sweet at first but had a slightly bitter aftertaste that was similar to having chewed on a flower petal.

Aree and her sister were both giggling and looking at me, as I’m sure my facial expression changed to match how I felt.
A GREAT DEAL OF JOY

An immediate feeling of intense euphoria overcame me. I felt a strange, yet powerful connection with all of the Inner Earth Groups present.

When it was over, they all began hugging one another, and hugging me. There was a great deal of joy and excitement in the room.

They then began to do something similar to a type of deep throat humming, while still hugging and patting each other on the back.

I noticed Aree’s sister motioning in my direction. I looked at Aree, who was waving for me to come in her direction.

The three of us then walked down the passageways, back to the main domed room where I am usually greeted.

There were two Anshar guarding each door, just like last time.
BOARDING THE CRAFT WITH THE OMEGA GROUP

We walked down another passageway and came back out into the cavern where the city used to be.

I observed a very large saucer-shaped craft that was parked on the cavern floor.

As my eyes adjusted to the cavern’s lower light, I could see a ramp coming out of the craft.

I then saw three men from the Omega group waiting for us at the base of the ramp.

In this case, they were wearing one-piece jump suits that were royal blue. Their suits had a yellow, eight-pointed star on the left side of their chests.

I boarded the craft and was seated while I watched the rest of the Anshar delegation board slowly find their way to their chairs.

Aree and her sister came and sat on either side of me.

Aree leaned in and told me we were going back to the base close to Saturn — to meet the “Saturn Council.”

[DW: This is another direct connection with the Law of One. The Council of Saturn is the local center where the protective Guardians administer to our solar system.

As I said on the radio show, negative info has been planted about this group in UFOlogy to make it appear evil. This is definitely not the case in the Law of One.]

THE WITNESSES

When we arrived, we were met by more of the military-looking Omega Group. We were then escorted into the meeting hall.

The last time I was here, the room was empty except for Aree and the Sentinels.

This time, there were about forty representatives from the inner earth groups.

There was also a slightly larger group of beings standing in a group at the far end of the room.

I looked closer and saw Micca waving at me from the group. Aree instructed me to head over and join the other group, who she called “The Witnesses.”

As I began to walk across the room to greet Micca, I was startled as Tear-Eir and the Golden Triangle Being suddenly appeared in the middle of the room.
YOU ARE THE FIFTY-THIRD

Tear-Eir greeted me, and asked me to count the witnesses.

I counted fifty-two, and reported this number to Tear-Eir. He said “You are the fifty third.” He indicated with his hand that I should join them.

I joined Micca, who greeted me as if he hadn’t seen me in years.

He was very excited and he began to introduce me to the others in our group who were close enough to hear him.

[DW: Micca is from a human ET group that once visited Earth and were known as the Olmecs. They left giant stone heads in Mesoamerica that looked like they do.

The Blue Avians introduced us to the Olmecs through Corey, and said they would be able to help us as we go through our own Ascension process here on Earth.

The Olmecs have only recently defeated the Draco on their home planet — as in just three of their generations ago. They live for about three hundred of our years.]

Micca stated that all of the beings who were now present in this room had been in contact with either the Blue Avian or Golden Triangle Beings prior to their star systems’ transitions.

The various inner earth groups approached the Guardians group by group. They would then bow and communicate with the Guardians.
THE SENTINELS APPEARED

Once the inner-earth groups had finished their meet-and-greet with the Guardians, the Sentinels appeared.

[DW: The Sentinels are a gray-skinned human group who had only appeared previously as guards for the massive Ancient Builder Race ruins Corey visited on Venus.

They appear to be projections of what were once living beings within this Ancient Builder Race society that vanished long ago.

They are not artificial intelligence, but do seem to be some form of projection from another realm.

Little else is known about them. They do not normally appear in any other SSP activities. Gonzales is the only other person from here ever to have seen them.]

The Sentinels greeted the Guardians and started to communicate.

THE DEFEAT OF THE NEGATIVE FORCES

When this communication started, many streaks and tongues of different colored lights were flashing and darting in swarms.

This light show was flickering all around the Guardians and the Sentinels. I was unaware of what was being communicated during this time.

Once this meeting was over, everyone shuffled back to standing in a giant circle around those meeting in the middle of the room.

Once again, Tear-Eir addressed the assembly through me.

He stated that the spheres that had been buffering the cosmic energy waves and quarantining our solar system were now almost completely phased out of our reality.

He further revealed that many of the negative ET groups would have either called in reinforcements or escaped as the war escalated.

However, the blockade set up by the Galactic Federation around our solar system, as of the end of 2014, had prevented all of this.

It was explained that the only avenue of escape left to these negative forces would be via the cosmic web portal system.

Tear-Eir stated that all portal travel is being heavily monitored by the Galactic Federation to track down any negative humans or non-terrestrials who are able to escape.

The extremely small number who do manage to escape will be on the run for the rest of their lives.
PROVIDING SUPPORT AND MEETING THE NEW GUARDIANS

Tier-Eir then had me address the Witnesses.

He had me communicate that each witness is a conduit of this higher-density information. We are tasked with the duty of bringing this knowledge to the group consciousness within each of our star systems.

It was further stated that each of us had incarnated from various groups within the Galactic Federation.

Hundreds of thousands of beings from that same soul group were living back on our home planets. Each of us provided each star system with energetic and physical support.

This is done for every star system as it goes through this energetic transition.

It was then revealed that we would meet the two new Guardian groups.

Furthermore, we would be in regular communication with these groups as we moved up to the energetic transition, as we passed through it, and as we then adjusted to its aftereffects.

This relationship will help to safely guide us as we shift into an era of true self-management.
THE BLUE AVIANS RETURNING TO THEIR NATIVE DENSITY

We were told to prepare for the introduction to the New Guardians. The room then flashed with a brilliant blue light. I felt every molecule in my body begin to vibrate.

The room filled with literally thousands of blue orbs. Two new species of higher-density beings were now standing there before us.

I looked over at Tear Eir, who was now standing with Raw-Rain-Eir and Raw-Mare-Eir, the two other Blue Avians who I have met in the past.

He turned to the group of Witnesses, and stated that he and the other two Blue Avians would no longer manifest physically in our reality. Instead, they would be in frequent contact with us through our dreams.

He stated that each of us are doing important dreamwork, and training with others on our planet.

We should expect that this will increase dramatically. Every night we are in classrooms full of astral students.

We have been doing this dreamwork since becoming delegates, and our higher selves have been shielding us from remembering too many details.

During the Eclipse of Disclosure event last summer, I heard many reports from people talking about getting downloads in both dream and waking states.

We have just launched the new Full Disclosure Project website, and have all eighteen presentations available to the public to view for free at www.fulldisclosureproject.org.
WE HAVE TO BECOME OUR OWN SAVIORS

Tear-Eir stated that we have reached the point where we have to decide to get off of our knees and become our own saviors.

We are at the beginning of the “Great Awakening” that will lead to our very own Consciousness Renaissance.

He stated that many starseeds came here to experience this density, and to offer energetic assistance during the transition. These same beings were now fully awakening to their predetermined missions.

He also said that our ability to manifest has significantly strengthened thanks to the dramatic energetic increase our entire solar system is now undergoing.

He stated that if we begin to use our experiences and skills to further assist the rapid expansion of our consciousness, we will discover ways to manifest the most optimal reality.

Each of us can decide to take up the mission and assist in demanding the release of hidden technologies.

We can choose to do whatever is in our power to assist the growth in spirituality and consciousness that is being offered to the rest of humanity.

Tear-Eir and the other Blue Avians, along with the Golden Triangle Beings, then had me say, “In Service to All, In Service of the One.”

They then turned both palms forward and bowed toward each group of the delegation. Once they bowed to the group of Witnesses, they then slowly faded out of view.
GOING BACK HOME

The New Guardians addressed us and began to give us some cosmic ground rules for going forward.

They told us to not share the information at this time. This even included any descriptions of their physical appearance. Then they disappeared.

The excitement in the room was amazing as blue orbs came and took each of the witnesses out of the room, one by one.

Aree sprinted up to me and gave me a huge hug. She then pulled my clothes out of her bag, and pointed to an area to change.

I handed her the robe and sandals, and watched as a blue sphere zig-zagged patiently around the both of us. I indicated I was ready for transport, and soon I was off in a blue blur.

I expected to ride back with the inner earth groups, but was instead delivered home.

According to the clock, I was only gone about 10 minutes, although I felt as if I had been away from home for days.
PREPARE FOR A MEETING WITH THE SSP

As usual, after these types of encounters, I spent the next few days in deep thought. I can often go so deep in thought that I am unaware of my surroundings.

I was going over every detail in my head so thoroughly that I often felt as if I was barely tethered to the ground.

I was, however, pulled back down to ground level very quickly when I received a message that I should prepare for a meeting with the SSP (Secret Space Program) Alliance at the Lunar Operations Command.

I was certain that they wanted a full report on the previous events. I was admittedly a bit nervous about the meeting.

After all, the SSP Alliance was forced to go dark specifically because of the information that Sigmund had extracted from me.

I was made to feel responsible for the deaths of two respected SSP Alliance members, as well as having outed a few more.
A COMMUNITY OF RETIRED PERSONNEL

Gonzales had recently communicated to me that there was a huge community of retired Air Force and CIA personnel in the area where I had moved to in Colorado.

This was confirmed when I walked around with my son on Halloween to meet the neighbors.

A number of them had worked for government agencies. The couple living directly in front of me were geologists who had retired from the CIA.

I was told that many sensors and devices have been placed around my home to monitor any types of energetic or atmospheric changes that occur when I am visited or picked up by off-world groups.
THE ORB IN THE FOOTBALL FIELD

I was instructed to drive to a local football field that belongs to the local school district, and wait to be picked up. At about 2 AM, I got in my car and drove to the specified location.

I sat in my car for about twenty minutes until I saw a white orb in the sky. It was very bright, and was descending from the sky in my direction.

The white orb then disappeared, almost like a bubble popping. In its place was the dart craft that I was familiar with from my previous trip to the LOC.

The dart drifted slowly down and landed between where I parked and the football field. It gave me a ways to walk before I could board the craft.

As I walked up, the door opened.

I looked in and only saw the two crew in the front. One of them motioned to me to get in and buckle up. I got in and buckled up the harness from my seat as we lifted off.
THE LUNAR OPERATIONS COMMAND

Before long, we were approaching the moon. It was amazing how quickly the moon went from a small point in the sky to appearing so large that we seemed to almost be at risk of hitting it.

We passed by the crater that the LOC is located in more than once. There is a technology that causes a mirage effect, hiding the LOC. It was still activated at this time.

Once the masking technology was deactivated, I could see the LOC spread out beneath me with green, red and white flashing lights on the structures.

I heard that we were cleared for landing. We flew straight for the hole in the crater near the LOC.

When we entered the lava tube cavern that the LOC is built into, I could see the rest of the bell-shaped structure that went down to the floor of the cavern.

I could see the two bays where craft were landing and taking off. They would then head off in various directions, as dictated by the lava tubes they had to travel through in this case.

We landed in one of the bays and disembarked from the dart. The flight crew walked off the platform and down a catwalk and some metal stairs going down.
AN ELEVATOR RIDE TO MUCH DEEPER LEVELS

I was met by Gonzales, who was wearing a US Air Force dress uniform. I looked at him and said, “Back to that old charade, eh?”

He then made a stern face that said, “Cut it out.”

We went down a few flight of stairs and then to a small elevator. A young female was standing there in a similar uniform as the one Gonzales was wearing.

She greeted us and told us she would be our escorts for the duration of our visit. She took us in the elevator, ran a card through a card reader and then placed her hand under some sort of RF scanner.

The elevator began to move so quickly that I didn’t have time to pay attention to how many floors we passed.

I now found myself much further down into the LOC than I had ever been permitted to go before.

As I looked around, I was a bit disappointed. All I saw were doors and hallways that were exactly like what you would see at a scientific facility here on Earth.

I will be working with some artists to help develop out new depictions of the areas I was given access to on the LOC.

I will be releasing them through SecretSpaceProgram.com, along with Jordan Sather’s new twelve-part webinar series, “Disclosing the Secret Space Program”.
MEETING THE SSP ALLIANCE

I was guided to a floor that looked similar to one that I had seen before. There were a lot of meeting rooms as well as one large elevator that was at the far end of the floor.

Gonzales and I were taken into a conference room. A handful of people who were sitting around a conference table all stood up at once.

As we walked in, I scanned the room to see some of the SSP Alliance members who I had met with previously. They seemed very nervous to meet Gonzales and me.

I then glanced back at the far end of the table, and was shocked to see Sigmund sitting down and smirking at me!

[DW: Sigmund was a high-ranking Air Force colonel who was supposed to be a key figure as the MIC SSP was disclosed to humanity in an epic surprise.

We would suddenly find out that we already had interplanetary-capable craft, and had found “Ancient Builder Race” ruins throughout the solar system.

Part of the “reveal” was supposed to include the idea that there were no actual living ETs found in our solar system — only ancient ruins.

This surprise was intended to throw off any ‘heat’ that the Deep State might be getting as the Alliance moved to finally defeat them.

Sigmund abducted and tortured Corey twelve different times, and used him to “out” members of the SSP Alliance.

However, hair samples revealed trace elements Sigmund knew had to be from off-planet locations.

He investigated thoroughly and eventually discovered that Corey was telling the truth about the Navy / Interstellar SSP.

After this happened, the Deep State operatives apparently tried to take Sigmund out. We eventually found out that he had to go on the run.]

INTUITIVE EMPATH?

I said to Sigmund, “Wow, this is where you have been.”

I continued, “I’m a bit shocked to see you here after giving my report, where I felt as if you may have been infiltrating the SSP Alliance.”

Sigmund stood up and began to shout at me.

He said I had no idea what he has given up to be here. He yelled, “I lost everything!”

He pointed his finger at my face, and said “Intuitive Empath my ass.”

There was an awkward pause before one of the men said, “Please sit down so we can begin.”

YOU STILL DON’T BELIEVE?

I sat there while Gonzales gave a detailed and classified report about his time with the Mayans. He also described a series of other beings he visited with the Mayans.

I was then asked to give a report of the recent meetings with the Sphere Being Alliance, the Anshar and the Super Federation.

As I gave the report, Sigmund sounded out with his disbelief as soon as the Blue Avians were mentioned.

I asked “After all you have seen, even after joining the SSP Alliance, you still don’t believe?”

He replied back, “I have seen the video of the first LOC meeting. I saw the Big Blue Birds. Everyone did. I just don’t believe it.”

He went on to say that he has seen all kinds of technologies that could be used to make everyone see these things.
NORTH KOREA COULD BE A TRIGGER

He then asserted that he thought the “Nordics” were screwing around with our heads again.

I was about to ask him what he meant by “again” when the meeting was called back to get on point.

[DW: The MIC SSP people do know about the Nordics or “Tall Whites.” They were also taught that these beings can project many other forms, like advanced holograms.

This was another method the Deep State used on the MIC SSP higher-ups to attempt to “debunk” any cases where they inadvertently saw ETs.]

I finished my reports and answered about a dozen questions from those around the table.

One of the men at the table began to talk about the timeframe that the MIC SSP planned to disclose certain info to the public.

The scenario of using a war with NOKO (North Korea) to disclose hidden technologies was discussed, as I have mentioned before.

We also talked about the mainstream media-sanctioned UFO disclosure effort by the former guitarist of Blink-182, Tom Delonge.
COMPROMISED BEYOND REPAIR

I asked them why Delonge was not working with anyone in the Ufology field.

Sigmund piped up over the person who was about to answer me. He said, “Because it is compromised beyond any type of repair.”

He went on to say that Ufology had been infiltrated by operatives of the MIC, who had been feeding the experts disinfo for decades.

He went on to state that he was personally involved in pulling a number of psy-ops on this community over the years.

He said that Ufology and the esoteric communities had also been infiltrated by what he called an “Illuminati Luciferian Order.”

He said this group is attempting to seed these fields with the religions of the “Illuminati.”

He said that many of those in places of influence are either members of this order or have allowed themselves to be influenced by this “Order.”

I interjected, “I haven’t seen widespread evidence of this. Most of the people I have delt with are eager to be of service.

“I know there are a fair share of narcissists and sociopaths who prey on light workers, but I have only run into people with that type of energy a handful of times.”

NO WAY TO PUT ASIDE UFO RELIGIONS

He ignored me and stated, “Once the cat is out of the bag about the widespread satanism and human trafficking, ANYONE associated with Lucifer or Satan will be running and hiding.

“The populace will not care about the subtle or not-so-subtle differences between these societies. They will lump them all in together.”

One of the men commented that after it all breaks, he expected that a huge number of people will rush back to conservative churches and belief systems from their childhoods.

Gonzales spoke up in disagreement.

“I have my doubts on that theory. After the number of pastors and clergy who will be exposed as being a part of these networks, I would be surprised if anyone returns to organized religion.”

Sigmund once again seemed to ignore what was being said.

He stated that these communities had been gamed so many times that there was no way for them to ever put aside their “UFO Religions and Professional Egos,” and actually come together.

Yet, this type of organization would be exactly what we would need for us to properly demand disclosure.
WHY WOULD THEY?

Sigmund then said, “Now think about how this community reacted during the blatant Rothschild attempt to foment a ‘Civil War’ in this community, while also attempting to discredit a number of individuals in the field.”

[DW: This was a direct reference to the efforts of what we have called the Dark Alliance. It included death threats against Corey, Emery and myself, as well as massive, ongoing smear campaigns.]

He continued: “Why would the Air Force and DIA choose to disclose these technologies through the Ufology community?”

He went on to say that the DIA and Air Force determined that they needed to disclose certain information in a way that couldn’t be directly tied to the field of Ufology.

They planned on making this a nuts-and-bolts type of disclosure that would even leave out the most pragmatic UFO researchers.

We moved on to a few other topics, including a “flyover tour” we would receive of the LOC and the lava-tube passages. This would involve traveling to another facility called “LOC Bravo”.
I HAVE A TREAT….

The person leading the meeting then brought our attention to a large smart-glass pad monitor that was lowering from the ceiling.

Sigmund stood up and said “I have a treat for the both of you.” He walked up to the monitor and stared at it while talking.

He said they had been monitoring what appeared to be a derelict space craft that was headed towards our Sol System.

This would prove to be the same cigar-shaped “asteroid” that NASA and the mainstream media dubbed Oumuamua, and had publicized widely in this same timeframe.

The ship was monitored as it approached the area where the Outer Barrier had been erected by the Sphere Being Alliance.

The SSP expected the craft to crash into the barrier. They were shocked when it passed directly through that region with no ill effect on the craft whatsoever.

It turns out that the barrier had already been depleted by then, but this was the first time the SSP Alliance had ever realized what had happened.
WAIT UNTIL YOU HEAR WHAT WE FOUND

Sigmund puffed up proudly and stated, “I led an expedition to see who this craft belonged to. Wait until you hear what we found.”

Suddenly we started seeing all sorts of readings and telemetry on the monitor. I could also hear what sounded like an old NASA radio transmission.

There were beeps along with a pilot calling in positions of his craft, as well as the one he was trying to dock with.

That lasted for about five minutes as I saw the two craft spiralling closer and closer together.

As the pilot matched the spin of the object they were approaching, you could see a long cigar-shaped structure that had shiny patches of what looked like ice on the outside.

It was obviously made of stone, and looked as if it had been through many meteor showers and collisions.

The video broke to a scene where a few people who were suited up in space suits were pushing themselves through what looked like a bored-out hole going down into the rock.
ENTERING THE VESSEL

The shuttle had docked with the mystery vessel close to what looked like a metallic oval dome, which was sitting about a third of the way down its fuselage.

It appeared to have been breached many times, and was full of holes and dents from obvious impacts.

In the next scene, you could see the men in a weightless environment, with lights on their chests, helmets and the tops of their wrists.

They split up and were talking to each other through the communications systems in their suits.

One of them was chipping samples out of the icy residue on the floors and walls.

This same frozen, organic sludge was on the outside of the ship as well. It appeared like foamy, dirty lake water that had been frozen.

The ship was obviously very ancient. It had been boarded and stripped of technology many times by unknown races.

Sigmund stated that when they tested the sludge later, they determined that it was partly the remains of the original crew.

There were many panels removed from the walls, ceilings and floors, leaving empty compartments where technology was once located.
“I FOUND SOMETHING!”

As they looked around, one of the men called out, “I found something!”

I watched as the man with the camera pushed himself through a few open panels in the floors and ceilings to get to the floor of the craft that he was being called to.

He entered into a room that looked like it had recently been unsealed. The panel was wedged against the wall, almost blocking the door.

The video scene then went to two men taking video and photos of some beings that were located after morgue-like drawers had been pulled open.
AQUATIC BEINGS IN STASIS

On the table was the frozen-stiff body of a strange-looking being. It looked somewhat like a pterodactyl, with pale blue skin that was almost white.

They were pulling open other drawers and seeing a few other types of beings.

One of these beings looked orange or peach-colored, and appeared to be a mammal at first.

I later found out that this was an aquatic being of some sort, which seemed related to a squid or octopus.

It was about 10 feet tall, and had tentacles as arms and legs. Three long fingers and toes extended off of the tentacles.

Tiny, almost invisible suction cups were located on the underarm area and the hands.

This confirmed that it was one of the original crew. They found that a great deal of the ship’s common areas had once been pressurized with water.

[DW: In light of the potential identity of the Ancient Builder Race, as we will discuss, it is interesting to note the similarities between these beings and the Golden Triangle beings.

We could be looking at a very prolonged evolutionary shift over almost unthinkable amounts of time.]

WHOSE TECHNOLOGY IS THIS?

They continued through the process of bagging up the bodies and transporting them to their ship.

As they did this, the bodies started coming apart and floating around the cabin they were in.

One of the men grabbed a piece of paneling and used it like a spatula to scrape off the rest of the remains and load them into bags.

At this point Gonzales asked, “Whose technology is this?”

Sigmund looked over at us both and responded.

“Well, we can only date the organics back to a little under a billion years ago. We tracked its trajectory to a star system not too far away.

“This craft was apparently stuck in that system’s orbit for millions of years before it was pulled to our system by our star.”

WOULD THIS BE THE ANCIENT BUILDER RACE?

Gonzales said, “So, would this be the Ancient Builder Race?”

Sigmund smiled and slowly pointed his index finger to the tip of his nose. This indicated Gonzales was correct.

Gonzales started asking questions faster than Sigmund could answer. Sigmund put his hand up to indicate that Gonzales should stop talking, which he did.

Sigmund then said, “Yes, we did find some amazing technology, though most of it had been removed long ago.”

He then said, “But wait, you haven’t heard the best part!”

WRITING AND GLYPHS

He then continued on with the video. At this point, someone excitedly called out that they had found something else.

The camera showed them entering into a room where there were two types of writing and glyphs on the walls and ceilings. There were several rooms like this.

What was so exciting is that this was the first time we had ever seen or had access to any type of writing from the Ancient Builder Race.

The SSP was well aware that in every other Ancient Builder Race site we had ever found, any written inscriptions had been scratched out.

It was as if some later interloping ET race had wanted to destroy any ability for us to reconstruct their history.

There were some very intricate hieroglyph-looking characters, along with a large amount of glyphs on the wall that were made of long lines, dashes and dots.
A MULTI-DIMENSIONAL LANGUAGE

Sigmund stated that there were similar ancient languages that they had become aware of on Earth, as well as a few other stars in our local stellar neighborhood.

He said that they were able to decipher the glyphs fairly easily.

They later determined that the hieroglyphs were a mixture of a language and a hyper-dimensional form of mathematics.

They were able to interpret most of the messages from the craft, and have sent the results to a few of their research groups.

The conversation then headed into classified operational information that I am responsible for keeping to myself, for now.
LET’S TAKE A TRIP

Once we finished the meeting, Sigmund stood up and said, “Now let’s take a trip to the LOC Bravo location.

“You must keep all of this information confidential until told otherwise. Understood?”

Gonzales and I both answered yes, and arose from the table.

We were taken to the larger elevator on that floor of the LOC, and then rode it down.

We came out into an open area that was another bay for spacecraft.
THE GREAT HALL

I saw that we were under the same floor in the lava cavern that we had flown down into when we entered the crater hole during our arrival.

We were taken to a larger shuttle craft that then flew out of the bay. We soon found ourselves flying down a long lava tube at a great rate of speed.

We came out into another large cavern area where I saw human-made structures on the floor of the cavern. They were built around an opening.

We first flew up to a small facility that looked like it may rise up to the lunar surface, with structures built above ground like the LOC.

I saw men and a few women walking around this facility in both Air Force uniforms as well as NASA clothing. We were greeted by a few Ph.D. types who were very excited to see us.

They told us that we would be suited up and then transported down to “The Great Hall.”

HUGE, ANCIENT MACHINES

We were put in the same environmental suits that I had worn in my prior SSP service.

We then went through a bit of a training session with the Ph.D. types on using the equipment, which was very basic.

We traveled back to the bay where we loaded up on the same shuttle and flew down to the cavern floor.

At this point, we passed through the dug-out hole that opened into a cavernous area. It was the Great Hall.

This area was so tremendous in size that both Gonzales’ and my minds were blown.

There were all sorts of HUGE and ancient machines with tractor tracks on them.

There were also long beams made out of a grey crystalline material.

The beams were lying broken and shattered on the ground. There were large circular tunnels heading out in multiple directions from this one area.
YOU HAVE BEEN HERE BEFORE

I told Gonzales that I had never seen anything like it.

Sigmund looked over at me and said “Corey, you have been here before. You just don’t remember.”

I looked at Gonzales, who looked as puzzled as I was.

I asked if it was on one of my previous 20 and backs, to which Sigmund nodded a yes.

He said, “One day in the not too far future, I will be standing here with a reporter from a major television network.”

He then continued, “For now, we must still keep what you are shown here today confidential.”

I was then taken on an amazing tour, which I have apparently been on before.

We walked down a few flights of stairs into an area that had a train system.

We boarded the train and toured the giant ancient facilities for nearly five hours.
IT WAS VERY AMAZING

I would love to say more about what I saw at this time, but for various reasons I was asked not to report on it.

All I can say is that it was very amazing.

If we do indeed get to see these facilities in the future, it will be an incredibly powerful turning point for humanity as we know it.

Once we were done, we were taken to a mess hall, and allowed to eat and shower.

We were then taken back to the LOC, where we both boarded separate dart craft and were flown back to our homes.
END OF COREY GOODE’S UPDATE

CONCLUSION BY DAVID WILCOCK

There is a true wealth of information here for us to contemplate, analyze and speculate on.

Overall, what we are seeing is a decisive shift for the positive in the war for freedom, both here on earth as well as in our solar system.

Some of the timelines Corey was warned about, as little as six months ago, indicated we could end up in a Draco-dominated slave society.

We were urged to step up, support each other and walk in our spiritual truth. I personally heeded these warnings and got much more involved in the battle.

Therefore, I was greatly relieved to hear these updates. It now definitely appears that we are on a very positive timeline, if not the “Optimal Temporal Reality” Corey had been briefed on before.

I admit that I am disappointed I did not get to meet the Blue Avians in person before they departed from our reality.

Up until now, my only interaction with the world Corey has experienced is through dreams and related visionary states of consciousness.

There have been multiple ways in which I have used these methods to validate what Corey is saying to my own satisfaction.

This includes direct meetings with the Anshar and other such beings in dreams.
THE STEPS TO CONTACT

You can imagine that for some time now, I have struggled with believing Corey on the one hand, and wishing I could see these places for myself on the other.

Each time I have asked about this, the answer that came back was that I had not yet developed a strong-enough spiritual and meditative alignment to be ready.

This does make sense, as the Law of One requirements for the highest levels of spirituality are extremely stringent.

Corey did not suffer from this same “free will clause” in the Law of One sense, since he had already consciously remembered his work in the SSP.

Part of what I have decided to do in the new book is to frankly outline the guidance I have received as to what I would need to do to be ready for contact.

It hit me after Corey’s three-day trip to the Inner Earth, and the messages he brought back for me, that the guidelines I was given were truly archetypal.

We can ALL benefit from putting these same concepts to practice.
LOTS OF WORK TO GET THERE

I am in the final stages of making a series of rather sweeping changes in my life that should help to create far more peace and tranquility.

This includes the distinct possibility of moving, even though I have been very happy with where I was. I hope to finally nail this down very soon.

It is very interesting to think about the perspective of beings who live in these higher densities or dimensions. In some ways it is very foreign to us.

They live in a realm of unconditional love. The kind of hate we routinely encounter here, such as in social media, doesn’t even exist as a thought — at least in the positive groups.

I was told that I have a very well-developed intellectual capacity, but that I am only half as effective as I would be if I started applying it spiritually.

I have all the tools needed to be much more adept in this area. I simply am not applying them to my everyday life.

The Law of One had said “the distortion of busy-ness” can be damaging to any type of Higher Self contact — and I have been very, very busy this past year.

All of us can take time to relax, slow down, breathe and center into the core of our being.
THESE THINGS WILL HAPPEN

You may not want to believe in Ascension, or that any of what you just read is real. I get that, and am not threatened by it.

Even if you can only interface with this as science fiction — though I do believe Corey is telling the truth — you can still benefit from it.

All of us must journey through the passage known as death. No one has found a workaround for that… at least not yet.

Ascension is very different than death. It is a spontaneous evolution — a rebirth.

This doesn’t just happen to us. It has to be earned… through diligent effort and focus.

However, the term “effort” can be misleading, as a major part of the requirement is simply being relaxed, happy and forgiving of yourself and others.

Many spiritual traditions have suggested that Earth is a school, and if we have learned the lesson, we move on to greater levels.

Ascension is just another meditation on a similar concept — but without the aspect of physical death involved.
LEARNING TO GROUND AND CENTER

I believe the information on being overly intellectual in my focus applies to just about all of us who are interested in this field.

So often I have seen comments railing about how there may be no “New Information” in a given post. This is a great example of over-intellectualizing.

The Ageless Wisdom taught in the Law of One and so many other texts is always with you, in your heart.

The Tibetan Buddhist monks expressed it as seeing that the Universe is ultimately comprised of “Awareness that is Empty.”

You then meditate on yourself as a projection of that same Awareness. This is best done in beautiful nature settings.

The Law of One did say a “sylvan atmosphere” — meaning a home surrounded by trees — is the best place to live for this type of work.

Tibetan monks who meditated on Empty Awareness for 13 years, and were able to have every thought be a loving thought, activated Rainbow Body.

This is much more difficult and advanced than the fourth-density Ascension we are heading into, but it is ever possible.

I hope these concepts can help you start making happier and more loving choices today. The payoff could be beyond your wildest imagination.
UPDATE NEXT MORNING: VERY INTENSE TIMES

The personal struggles with the “fight to the death against bureaucracy” that I mentioned on Jimmy’s show reached a peak right around the time we were releasing this data.

I can only laugh when I think about how incredibly hard it was to get this done — particularly before the end of yesterday.

This type of spiritual interference is called “negative greeting” in the Law of One. Carla always used to say, “The more negative greeting you get, the more you know you are on the right track!”

There were incredible forces trying to stop this from happening — almost unlike any I’ve ever seen in my life. And look at what has happened to Corey and Emery.

Thankfully, that whole conglomerate of issues appears to have resolved, just between the time of the radio show and the final publication of this article.
IN THE YEAR 2525…

I passed out very soon after getting this online. I got up, checked the hit counter and we had already broken 25,000 in the middle of the night.

Best of all, it was… you guessed it… a numerical synchronicity. This time it was 25252 — three 2’s and two 5s:

This is reminiscent of the classic Zager and Evans song “In the Year 2525,” which was a meditation on humanity’s future:

When I checked back again it was almost exactly at the number of the precession, 25,920 years — which is the length of the cycle that culminates in Ascension and the solar flash:

A LIST OF THANKS

We have a growing team that helps make these updates possible. We don’t want to end this article without paying them all a big thank you.

SBA would like to give thanks to the artists and professionals who have helped contribute to this article:

Charels Pemberton, Dorothy August, Daniel Gish, Arthur Herring, Jacqueline Gan-Glatz, Jason Parsley, Rene McCann, René Armenta, Sam Ritchie, Simon Esler, Larissa Stamirowski, Vashta Nerada, Steve Cefalo, Bryon Worthen.

SBA would also like to give special thanks to Lidia for your incredible support.

Additionally, we are grateful to William Tompkins, Corey Goode, Emery Smith, Pete Peterson and other insiders who have come forward and risked their lives for disclosure.

And thank you for helping support this mission by spreading the word and sharing this with like-minded friends and family members!

Since some have asked about the original 26-page document I got from Corey, I will say that I only made very minor changes.

This included breaking up a few long sentences, fixing a few spelling mistakes, adding more paragraph spacings and creating sub-headings.

Corey did a really great job with this. He was very specific on not wanting me to add to his own writings except for basic editing, and I did not.